LOVE/love-apple-dependencies
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/love2d/love-apple-dependencies.git synced 2026-08-21 21:15:54 +02:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Add iOS libraries

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Alex Szpakowski
2021-05-30 14:31:01 -03:00
parent a6d368ec80
commit 73fd165f58
181 changed files with 76512 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
.gitignore
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
/macOS/Sources
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL.h
+136
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL.h
*
* Main include header for the SDL library
*/
#ifndef SDL_h_
#define SDL_h_
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_assert.h"
#include "SDL_atomic.h"
#include "SDL_audio.h"
#include "SDL_clipboard.h"
#include "SDL_cpuinfo.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_events.h"
#include "SDL_filesystem.h"
#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
#include "SDL_haptic.h"
#include "SDL_hints.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_loadso.h"
#include "SDL_log.h"
#include "SDL_messagebox.h"
#include "SDL_metal.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_power.h"
#include "SDL_render.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_sensor.h"
#include "SDL_shape.h"
#include "SDL_system.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_timer.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
/**
* \name SDL_INIT_*
*
* These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init(). You should
* specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_INIT_TIMER 0x00000001u
#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO 0x00000010u
#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO 0x00000020u /**< SDL_INIT_VIDEO implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK 0x00000200u /**< SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
#define SDL_INIT_HAPTIC 0x00001000u
#define SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER 0x00002000u /**< SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER implies SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK */
#define SDL_INIT_EVENTS 0x00004000u
#define SDL_INIT_SENSOR 0x00008000u
#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE 0x00100000u /**< compatibility; this flag is ignored. */
#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING ( \
SDL_INIT_TIMER | SDL_INIT_AUDIO | SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | \
SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC | SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER | SDL_INIT_SENSOR \
)
/* @} */
/**
* This function initializes the subsystems specified by \c flags
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
*
* Subsystem initialization is ref-counted, you must call
* SDL_QuitSubSystem() for each SDL_InitSubSystem() to correctly
* shutdown a subsystem manually (or call SDL_Quit() to force shutdown).
* If a subsystem is already loaded then this call will
* increase the ref-count and return.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function returns a mask of the specified subsystems which have
* previously been initialized.
*
* If \c flags is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function cleans up all initialized subsystems. You should
* call it upon all exit conditions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_assert.h
+291
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_assert_h_
#define SDL_assert_h_
#include "SDL_config.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL
#ifdef SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
#elif defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBUG) || \
(defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__OPTIMIZE__))
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 2
#else
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 1
#endif
#endif /* SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL */
/*
These are macros and not first class functions so that the debugger breaks
on the assertion line and not in some random guts of SDL, and so each
assert can have unique static variables associated with it.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
/* Don't include intrin.h here because it contains C++ code */
extern void __cdecl __debugbreak(void);
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __debugbreak()
#elif ( (!defined(__NACL__)) && ((defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))) )
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __asm__ __volatile__ ( "int $3\n\t" )
#elif defined(__386__) && defined(__WATCOMC__)
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() { _asm { int 0x03 } }
#elif defined(HAVE_SIGNAL_H) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
#include <signal.h>
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() raise(SIGTRAP)
#else
/* How do we trigger breakpoints on this platform? */
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint()
#endif
#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) /* C99 supports __func__ as a standard. */
# define SDL_FUNCTION __func__
#elif ((__GNUC__ >= 2) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__WATCOMC__))
# define SDL_FUNCTION __FUNCTION__
#else
# define SDL_FUNCTION "???"
#endif
#define SDL_FILE __FILE__
#define SDL_LINE __LINE__
/*
sizeof (x) makes the compiler still parse the expression even without
assertions enabled, so the code is always checked at compile time, but
doesn't actually generate code for it, so there are no side effects or
expensive checks at run time, just the constant size of what x WOULD be,
which presumably gets optimized out as unused.
This also solves the problem of...
int somevalue = blah();
SDL_assert(somevalue == 1);
...which would cause compiles to complain that somevalue is unused if we
disable assertions.
*/
/* "while (0,0)" fools Microsoft's compiler's /W4 warning level into thinking
this condition isn't constant. And looks like an owl's face! */
#ifdef _MSC_VER /* stupid /W4 warnings. */
#define SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION (0,0)
#else
#define SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION (0)
#endif
#define SDL_disabled_assert(condition) \
do { (void) sizeof ((condition)); } while (SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION)
typedef enum
{
SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY, /**< Retry the assert immediately. */
SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK, /**< Make the debugger trigger a breakpoint. */
SDL_ASSERTION_ABORT, /**< Terminate the program. */
SDL_ASSERTION_IGNORE, /**< Ignore the assert. */
SDL_ASSERTION_ALWAYS_IGNORE /**< Ignore the assert from now on. */
} SDL_AssertState;
typedef struct SDL_AssertData
{
int always_ignore;
unsigned int trigger_count;
const char *condition;
const char *filename;
int linenum;
const char *function;
const struct SDL_AssertData *next;
} SDL_AssertData;
#if (SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL > 0)
/* Never call this directly. Use the SDL_assert* macros. */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertState SDLCALL SDL_ReportAssertion(SDL_AssertData *,
const char *,
const char *, int)
#if defined(__clang__)
#if __has_feature(attribute_analyzer_noreturn)
/* this tells Clang's static analysis that we're a custom assert function,
and that the analyzer should assume the condition was always true past this
SDL_assert test. */
__attribute__((analyzer_noreturn))
#endif
#endif
;
/* the do {} while(0) avoids dangling else problems:
if (x) SDL_assert(y); else blah();
... without the do/while, the "else" could attach to this macro's "if".
We try to handle just the minimum we need here in a macro...the loop,
the static vars, and break points. The heavy lifting is handled in
SDL_ReportAssertion(), in SDL_assert.c.
*/
#define SDL_enabled_assert(condition) \
do { \
while ( !(condition) ) { \
static struct SDL_AssertData sdl_assert_data = { \
0, 0, #condition, 0, 0, 0, 0 \
}; \
const SDL_AssertState sdl_assert_state = SDL_ReportAssertion(&sdl_assert_data, SDL_FUNCTION, SDL_FILE, SDL_LINE); \
if (sdl_assert_state == SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY) { \
continue; /* go again. */ \
} else if (sdl_assert_state == SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK) { \
SDL_TriggerBreakpoint(); \
} \
break; /* not retrying. */ \
} \
} while (SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION)
#endif /* enabled assertions support code */
/* Enable various levels of assertions. */
#if SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 0 /* assertions disabled */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 1 /* release settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 2 /* normal settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 3 /* paranoid settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
#else
# error Unknown assertion level.
#endif
/* this assertion is never disabled at any level. */
#define SDL_assert_always(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
typedef SDL_AssertState (SDLCALL *SDL_AssertionHandler)(
const SDL_AssertData* data, void* userdata);
/**
* \brief Set an application-defined assertion handler.
*
* This allows an app to show its own assertion UI and/or force the
* response to an assertion failure. If the app doesn't provide this, SDL
* will try to do the right thing, popping up a system-specific GUI dialog,
* and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
*
* This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
* it will only fire from one thread at a time.
*
* Setting the callback to NULL restores SDL's original internal handler.
*
* This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
*
* Return SDL_AssertState value of how to handle the assertion failure.
*
* \param handler Callback function, called when an assertion fails.
* \param userdata A pointer passed to the callback as-is.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetAssertionHandler(
SDL_AssertionHandler handler,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Get the default assertion handler.
*
* This returns the function pointer that is called by default when an
* assertion is triggered. This is an internal function provided by SDL,
* that is used for assertions when SDL_SetAssertionHandler() hasn't been
* used to provide a different function.
*
* \return The default SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler(void);
/**
* \brief Get the current assertion handler.
*
* This returns the function pointer that is called when an assertion is
* triggered. This is either the value last passed to
* SDL_SetAssertionHandler(), or if no application-specified function is
* set, is equivalent to calling SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler().
*
* \param puserdata Pointer to a void*, which will store the "userdata"
* pointer that was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler().
* This value will always be NULL for the default handler.
* If you don't care about this data, it is safe to pass
* a NULL pointer to this function to ignore it.
* \return The SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionHandler(void **puserdata);
/**
* \brief Get a list of all assertion failures.
*
* Get all assertions triggered since last call to SDL_ResetAssertionReport(),
* or the start of the program.
*
* The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
*
* <code>
* const SDL_AssertData *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
* while (item) {
* printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\\n",
* item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
* item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
* item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
* item = item->next;
* }
* </code>
*
* \return List of all assertions.
* \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_AssertData * SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionReport(void);
/**
* \brief Reset the list of all assertion failures.
*
* Reset list of all assertions triggered.
*
* \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ResetAssertionReport(void);
/* these had wrong naming conventions until 2.0.4. Please update your app! */
#define SDL_assert_state SDL_AssertState
#define SDL_assert_data SDL_AssertData
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_assert_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_atomic.h
+295
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_atomic.h
*
* Atomic operations.
*
* IMPORTANT:
* If you are not an expert in concurrent lockless programming, you should
* only be using the atomic lock and reference counting functions in this
* file. In all other cases you should be protecting your data structures
* with full mutexes.
*
* The list of "safe" functions to use are:
* SDL_AtomicLock()
* SDL_AtomicUnlock()
* SDL_AtomicIncRef()
* SDL_AtomicDecRef()
*
* Seriously, here be dragons!
* ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
*
* You can find out a little more about lockless programming and the
* subtle issues that can arise here:
* http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee418650%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
*
* There's also lots of good information here:
* http://www.1024cores.net/home/lock-free-algorithms
* http://preshing.com/
*
* These operations may or may not actually be implemented using
* processor specific atomic operations. When possible they are
* implemented as true processor specific atomic operations. When that
* is not possible the are implemented using locks that *do* use the
* available atomic operations.
*
* All of the atomic operations that modify memory are full memory barriers.
*/
#ifndef SDL_atomic_h_
#define SDL_atomic_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_platform.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name SDL AtomicLock
*
* The atomic locks are efficient spinlocks using CPU instructions,
* but are vulnerable to starvation and can spin forever if a thread
* holding a lock has been terminated. For this reason you should
* minimize the code executed inside an atomic lock and never do
* expensive things like API or system calls while holding them.
*
* The atomic locks are not safe to lock recursively.
*
* Porting Note:
* The spin lock functions and type are required and can not be
* emulated because they are used in the atomic emulation code.
*/
/* @{ */
typedef int SDL_SpinLock;
/**
* \brief Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already held.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicTryLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/**
* \brief Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/**
* \brief Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0. Always returns immediately
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicUnlock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/* @} *//* SDL AtomicLock */
/**
* The compiler barrier prevents the compiler from reordering
* reads and writes to globally visible variables across the call.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 1200) && !defined(__clang__)
void _ReadWriteBarrier(void);
#pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() _ReadWriteBarrier()
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)) || (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && (__SUNPRO_C >= 0x5120))
/* This is correct for all CPUs when using GCC or Solaris Studio 12.1+. */
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
extern _inline void SDL_CompilerBarrier (void);
#pragma aux SDL_CompilerBarrier = "" parm [] modify exact [];
#else
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() \
{ SDL_SpinLock _tmp = 0; SDL_AtomicLock(&_tmp); SDL_AtomicUnlock(&_tmp); }
#endif
/**
* Memory barriers are designed to prevent reads and writes from being
* reordered by the compiler and being seen out of order on multi-core CPUs.
*
* A typical pattern would be for thread A to write some data and a flag,
* and for thread B to read the flag and get the data. In this case you
* would insert a release barrier between writing the data and the flag,
* guaranteeing that the data write completes no later than the flag is
* written, and you would insert an acquire barrier between reading the
* flag and reading the data, to ensure that all the reads associated
* with the flag have completed.
*
* In this pattern you should always see a release barrier paired with
* an acquire barrier and you should gate the data reads/writes with a
* single flag variable.
*
* For more information on these semantics, take a look at the blog post:
* http://preshing.com/20120913/acquire-and-release-semantics
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierReleaseFunction(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquireFunction(void);
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__aarch64__)
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__)
#if 0 /* defined(__LINUX__) || defined(__ANDROID__) */
/* Information from:
https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromium/chromium/+/trunk/base/atomicops_internals_arm_gcc.h#19
The Linux kernel provides a helper function which provides the right code for a memory barrier,
hard-coded at address 0xffff0fa0
*/
typedef void (*SDL_KernelMemoryBarrierFunc)();
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() ((SDL_KernelMemoryBarrierFunc)0xffff0fa0)()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() ((SDL_KernelMemoryBarrierFunc)0xffff0fa0)()
#elif 0 /* defined(__QNXNTO__) */
#include <sys/cpuinline.h>
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __cpu_membarrier()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __cpu_membarrier()
#else
#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_7__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7R__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7M__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7S__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_8A__)
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6J__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6K__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6Z__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6ZK__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_5TE__)
#ifdef __thumb__
/* The mcr instruction isn't available in thumb mode, use real functions */
#define SDL_MEMORY_BARRIER_USES_FUNCTION
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() SDL_MemoryBarrierReleaseFunction()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquireFunction()
#else
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
#endif /* __thumb__ */
#else
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#endif /* __LINUX__ || __ANDROID__ */
#endif /* __GNUC__ && __arm__ */
#else
#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && (__SUNPRO_C >= 0x5120))
/* This is correct for all CPUs on Solaris when using Solaris Studio 12.1+. */
#include <mbarrier.h>
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __machine_rel_barrier()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __machine_acq_barrier()
#else
/* This is correct for the x86 and x64 CPUs, and we'll expand this over time. */
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
#endif
#endif
/**
* \brief A type representing an atomic integer value. It is a struct
* so people don't accidentally use numeric operations on it.
*/
typedef struct { int value; } SDL_atomic_t;
/**
* \brief Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is currently an old value.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCAS(SDL_atomic_t *a, int oldval, int newval);
/**
* \brief Set an atomic variable to a value.
*
* \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSet(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
/**
* \brief Get the value of an atomic variable
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGet(SDL_atomic_t *a);
/**
* \brief Add to an atomic variable.
*
* \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
*
* \note This same style can be used for any number operation
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
/**
* \brief Increment an atomic variable used as a reference count.
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicIncRef
#define SDL_AtomicIncRef(a) SDL_AtomicAdd(a, 1)
#endif
/**
* \brief Decrement an atomic variable used as a reference count.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the variable reached zero after decrementing,
* SDL_FALSE otherwise
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicDecRef
#define SDL_AtomicDecRef(a) (SDL_AtomicAdd(a, -1) == 1)
#endif
/**
* \brief Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old value.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCASPtr(void **a, void *oldval, void *newval);
/**
* \brief Set a pointer to a value atomically.
*
* \return The previous value of the pointer.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSetPtr(void **a, void* v);
/**
* \brief Get the value of a pointer atomically.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGetPtr(void **a);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_atomic_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_audio.h
+859
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_audio.h
*
* Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library.
*/
#ifndef SDL_audio_h_
#define SDL_audio_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Audio format flags.
*
* These are what the 16 bits in SDL_AudioFormat currently mean...
* (Unspecified bits are always zero).
*
* \verbatim
++-----------------------sample is signed if set
||
|| ++-----------sample is bigendian if set
|| ||
|| || ++---sample is float if set
|| || ||
|| || || +---sample bit size---+
|| || || | |
15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
\endverbatim
*
* There are macros in SDL 2.0 and later to query these bits.
*/
typedef Uint16 SDL_AudioFormat;
/**
* \name Audio flags
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE (0xFF)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE (1<<8)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN (1<<12)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED (1<<15)
#define SDL_AUDIO_BITSIZE(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISINT(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x))
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISLITTLEENDIAN(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x))
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISUNSIGNED(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x))
/**
* \name Audio format flags
*
* Defaults to LSB byte order.
*/
/* @{ */
#define AUDIO_U8 0x0008 /**< Unsigned 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S8 0x8008 /**< Signed 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16LSB 0x0010 /**< Unsigned 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S16LSB 0x8010 /**< Signed 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16MSB 0x1010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S16MSB 0x9010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_U16 AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16 AUDIO_S16LSB
/* @} */
/**
* \name int32 support
*/
/* @{ */
#define AUDIO_S32LSB 0x8020 /**< 32-bit integer samples */
#define AUDIO_S32MSB 0x9020 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S32 AUDIO_S32LSB
/* @} */
/**
* \name float32 support
*/
/* @{ */
#define AUDIO_F32LSB 0x8120 /**< 32-bit floating point samples */
#define AUDIO_F32MSB 0x9120 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_F32 AUDIO_F32LSB
/* @} */
/**
* \name Native audio byte ordering
*/
/* @{ */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16LSB
#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32LSB
#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32LSB
#else
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16MSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16MSB
#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32MSB
#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32MSB
#endif
/* @} */
/**
* \name Allow change flags
*
* Which audio format changes are allowed when opening a device.
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE 0x00000001
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE 0x00000002
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE 0x00000004
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_SAMPLES_CHANGE 0x00000008
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE (SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_SAMPLES_CHANGE)
/* @} */
/* @} *//* Audio flags */
/**
* This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
*
* \param userdata An application-specific parameter saved in
* the SDL_AudioSpec structure
* \param stream A pointer to the audio data buffer.
* \param len The length of that buffer in bytes.
*
* Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
* Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
*
* You can choose to avoid callbacks and use SDL_QueueAudio() instead, if
* you like. Just open your audio device with a NULL callback.
*/
typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioCallback) (void *userdata, Uint8 * stream,
int len);
/**
* The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
*
* For multi-channel audio, the default SDL channel mapping is:
* 2: FL FR (stereo)
* 3: FL FR LFE (2.1 surround)
* 4: FL FR BL BR (quad)
* 5: FL FR FC BL BR (quad + center)
* 6: FL FR FC LFE SL SR (5.1 surround - last two can also be BL BR)
* 7: FL FR FC LFE BC SL SR (6.1 surround)
* 8: FL FR FC LFE BL BR SL SR (7.1 surround)
*/
typedef struct SDL_AudioSpec
{
int freq; /**< DSP frequency -- samples per second */
SDL_AudioFormat format; /**< Audio data format */
Uint8 channels; /**< Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
Uint8 silence; /**< Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
Uint16 samples; /**< Audio buffer size in sample FRAMES (total samples divided by channel count) */
Uint16 padding; /**< Necessary for some compile environments */
Uint32 size; /**< Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
SDL_AudioCallback callback; /**< Callback that feeds the audio device (NULL to use SDL_QueueAudio()). */
void *userdata; /**< Userdata passed to callback (ignored for NULL callbacks). */
} SDL_AudioSpec;
struct SDL_AudioCVT;
typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioFilter) (struct SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
SDL_AudioFormat format);
/**
* \brief Upper limit of filters in SDL_AudioCVT
*
* The maximum number of SDL_AudioFilter functions in SDL_AudioCVT is
* currently limited to 9. The SDL_AudioCVT.filters array has 10 pointers,
* one of which is the terminating NULL pointer.
*/
#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_MAX_FILTERS 9
/**
* \struct SDL_AudioCVT
* \brief A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers.
*
* Note that various parts of the conversion pipeline can take advantage
* of SIMD operations (like SSE2, for example). SDL_AudioCVT doesn't require
* you to pass it aligned data, but can possibly run much faster if you
* set both its (buf) field to a pointer that is aligned to 16 bytes, and its
* (len) field to something that's a multiple of 16, if possible.
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
/* This structure is 84 bytes on 32-bit architectures, make sure GCC doesn't
pad it out to 88 bytes to guarantee ABI compatibility between compilers.
vvv
The next time we rev the ABI, make sure to size the ints and add padding.
*/
#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
#else
#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED
#endif
/* */
typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT
{
int needed; /**< Set to 1 if conversion possible */
SDL_AudioFormat src_format; /**< Source audio format */
SDL_AudioFormat dst_format; /**< Target audio format */
double rate_incr; /**< Rate conversion increment */
Uint8 *buf; /**< Buffer to hold entire audio data */
int len; /**< Length of original audio buffer */
int len_cvt; /**< Length of converted audio buffer */
int len_mult; /**< buffer must be len*len_mult big */
double len_ratio; /**< Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
SDL_AudioFilter filters[SDL_AUDIOCVT_MAX_FILTERS + 1]; /**< NULL-terminated list of filter functions */
int filter_index; /**< Current audio conversion function */
} SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED SDL_AudioCVT;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \name Driver discovery functions
*
* These functions return the list of built in audio drivers, in the
* order that they are normally initialized by default.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(void);
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDriver(int index);
/* @} */
/**
* \name Initialization and cleanup
*
* \internal These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless
* you have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to
* use. You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
/* @} */
/**
* This function returns the name of the current audio driver, or NULL
* if no driver has been initialized.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(void);
/**
* This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
* returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
* structure pointed to by \c obtained. If \c obtained is NULL, the audio
* data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
* requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
* audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
* to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
*
* When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
* - \c desired->freq should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-
* second.
* - \c desired->format should be the desired audio format.
* - \c desired->samples is the desired size of the audio buffer, in
* samples. This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by
* the audio driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values
* seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the
* application and CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time,
* but can lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing
* and cannot fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of
* both right and left channels in LR ordering.
* Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
* following formula: \code ms = (samples*1000)/freq \endcode
* - \c desired->size is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
* calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* - \c desired->silence is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
* and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* - \c desired->callback should be set to a function that will be called
* when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
* to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
* This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
* protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
* and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code. Alternately, you may pass a NULL
* pointer here, and call SDL_QueueAudio() with some frequency, to queue
* more audio samples to be played (or for capture devices, call
* SDL_DequeueAudio() with some frequency, to obtain audio samples).
* - \c desired->userdata is passed as the first parameter to your callback
* function. If you passed a NULL callback, this value is ignored.
*
* The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
* be enabled for playing by calling \c SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
* for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
* may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
* any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
SDL_AudioSpec * obtained);
/**
* SDL Audio Device IDs.
*
* A successful call to SDL_OpenAudio() is always device id 1, and legacy
* SDL audio APIs assume you want this device ID. SDL_OpenAudioDevice() calls
* always returns devices >= 2 on success. The legacy calls are good both
* for backwards compatibility and when you don't care about multiple,
* specific, or capture devices.
*/
typedef Uint32 SDL_AudioDeviceID;
/**
* Get the number of available devices exposed by the current driver.
* Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
* Returns -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined; this is
* not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to talk to a remote audio
* server, it can't list every one available on the Internet, but it will
* still allow a specific host to be specified to SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
*
* In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
* successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
* SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(int iscapture);
/**
* Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
* Must be a value between 0 and (number of audio devices-1).
* Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
* The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
* SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); recall that function to redetect available
* hardware.
*
* The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
* managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the
* string for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it
* will be invalid next time any of several other SDL functions is called.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(int index,
int iscapture);
/**
* Open a specific audio device. Passing in a device name of NULL requests
* the most reasonable default (and is equivalent to calling SDL_OpenAudio()).
*
* The device name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
* some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
* hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
* diskaudio driver.
*
* \return 0 on error, a valid device ID that is >= 2 on success.
*
* SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioDeviceID SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudioDevice(const char
*device,
int iscapture,
const
SDL_AudioSpec *
desired,
SDL_AudioSpec *
obtained,
int
allowed_changes);
/**
* \name Audio state
*
* Get the current audio state.
*/
/* @{ */
typedef enum
{
SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
} SDL_AudioStatus;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL
SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/* @} *//* Audio State */
/**
* \name Pause audio functions
*
* These functions pause and unpause the audio callback processing.
* They should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
* device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
* data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
* Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev,
int pause_on);
/* @} *//* Pause audio functions */
/**
* \brief Load the audio data of a WAVE file into memory
*
* Loading a WAVE file requires \c src, \c spec, \c audio_buf and \c audio_len
* to be valid pointers. The entire data portion of the file is then loaded
* into memory and decoded if necessary.
*
* If \c freesrc is non-zero, the data source gets automatically closed and
* freed before the function returns.
*
* Supported are RIFF WAVE files with the formats PCM (8, 16, 24, and 32 bits),
* IEEE Float (32 bits), Microsoft ADPCM and IMA ADPCM (4 bits), and A-law and
* µ-law (8 bits). Other formats are currently unsupported and cause an error.
*
* If this function succeeds, the pointer returned by it is equal to \c spec
* and the pointer to the audio data allocated by the function is written to
* \c audio_buf and its length in bytes to \c audio_len. The \ref SDL_AudioSpec
* members \c freq, \c channels, and \c format are set to the values of the
* audio data in the buffer. The \c samples member is set to a sane default and
* all others are set to zero.
*
* It's necessary to use SDL_FreeWAV() to free the audio data returned in
* \c audio_buf when it is no longer used.
*
* Because of the underspecification of the Waveform format, there are many
* problematic files in the wild that cause issues with strict decoders. To
* provide compatibility with these files, this decoder is lenient in regards
* to the truncation of the file, the fact chunk, and the size of the RIFF
* chunk. The hints SDL_HINT_WAVE_RIFF_CHUNK_SIZE, SDL_HINT_WAVE_TRUNCATION,
* and SDL_HINT_WAVE_FACT_CHUNK can be used to tune the behavior of the
* loading process.
*
* Any file that is invalid (due to truncation, corruption, or wrong values in
* the headers), too big, or unsupported causes an error. Additionally, any
* critical I/O error from the data source will terminate the loading process
* with an error. The function returns NULL on error and in all cases (with the
* exception of \c src being NULL), an appropriate error message will be set.
*
* It is required that the data source supports seeking.
*
* Example:
* \code
* SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
* \endcode
*
* \param src The data source with the WAVE data
* \param freesrc A integer value that makes the function close the data source if non-zero
* \param spec A pointer filled with the audio format of the audio data
* \param audio_buf A pointer filled with the audio data allocated by the function
* \param audio_len A pointer filled with the length of the audio data buffer in bytes
* \return NULL on error, or non-NULL on success.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
int freesrc,
SDL_AudioSpec * spec,
Uint8 ** audio_buf,
Uint32 * audio_len);
/**
* Loads a WAV from a file.
* Compatibility convenience function.
*/
#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
/**
* This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 * audio_buf);
/**
* This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
* and rate, and initializes the \c cvt structure with information needed
* by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
* to the other. An unsupported format causes an error and -1 will be returned.
*
* \return 0 if no conversion is needed, 1 if the audio filter is set up,
* or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
Uint8 src_channels,
int src_rate,
SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
Uint8 dst_channels,
int dst_rate);
/**
* Once you have initialized the \c cvt structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
* created an audio buffer \c cvt->buf, and filled it with \c cvt->len bytes of
* audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
* to the desired format.
*
* The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
* \c cvt->buf should be allocated after the \c cvt structure is initialized by
* SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be \c cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
*
* \return 0 on success or -1 if \c cvt->buf is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt);
/* SDL_AudioStream is a new audio conversion interface.
The benefits vs SDL_AudioCVT:
- it can handle resampling data in chunks without generating
artifacts, when it doesn't have the complete buffer available.
- it can handle incoming data in any variable size.
- You push data as you have it, and pull it when you need it
*/
/* this is opaque to the outside world. */
struct _SDL_AudioStream;
typedef struct _SDL_AudioStream SDL_AudioStream;
/**
* Create a new audio stream
*
* \param src_format The format of the source audio
* \param src_channels The number of channels of the source audio
* \param src_rate The sampling rate of the source audio
* \param dst_format The format of the desired audio output
* \param dst_channels The number of channels of the desired audio output
* \param dst_rate The sampling rate of the desired audio output
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
* \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStream * SDLCALL SDL_NewAudioStream(const SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
const Uint8 src_channels,
const int src_rate,
const SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
const Uint8 dst_channels,
const int dst_rate);
/**
* Add data to be converted/resampled to the stream
*
* \param stream The stream the audio data is being added to
* \param buf A pointer to the audio data to add
* \param len The number of bytes to write to the stream
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*
* \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
* \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamPut(SDL_AudioStream *stream, const void *buf, int len);
/**
* Get converted/resampled data from the stream
*
* \param stream The stream the audio is being requested from
* \param buf A buffer to fill with audio data
* \param len The maximum number of bytes to fill
* \return The number of bytes read from the stream, or -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
* \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamGet(SDL_AudioStream *stream, void *buf, int len);
/**
* Get the number of converted/resampled bytes available. The stream may be
* buffering data behind the scenes until it has enough to resample
* correctly, so this number might be lower than what you expect, or even
* be zero. Add more data or flush the stream if you need the data now.
*
* \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
* \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamAvailable(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
/**
* Tell the stream that you're done sending data, and anything being buffered
* should be converted/resampled and made available immediately.
*
* It is legal to add more data to a stream after flushing, but there will
* be audio gaps in the output. Generally this is intended to signal the
* end of input, so the complete output becomes available.
*
* \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
* \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamFlush(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
/**
* Clear any pending data in the stream without converting it
*
* \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
* \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamClear(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
/**
* Free an audio stream
*
* \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
* \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeAudioStream(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
/**
* This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
* them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
* The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to ::SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
* for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
* This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 * dst, const Uint8 * src,
Uint32 len, int volume);
/**
* This works like SDL_MixAudio(), but you specify the audio format instead of
* using the format of audio device 1. Thus it can be used when no audio
* device is open at all.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
const Uint8 * src,
SDL_AudioFormat format,
Uint32 len, int volume);
/**
* Queue more audio on non-callback devices.
*
* (If you are looking to retrieve queued audio from a non-callback capture
* device, you want SDL_DequeueAudio() instead. This will return -1 to
* signify an error if you use it with capture devices.)
*
* SDL offers two ways to feed audio to the device: you can either supply a
* callback that SDL triggers with some frequency to obtain more audio
* (pull method), or you can supply no callback, and then SDL will expect
* you to supply data at regular intervals (push method) with this function.
*
* There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
* exhaustion of address space. Queued data will drain to the device as
* necessary without further intervention from you. If the device needs
* audio but there is not enough queued, it will play silence to make up
* the difference. This means you will have skips in your audio playback
* if you aren't routinely queueing sufficient data.
*
* This function copies the supplied data, so you are safe to free it when
* the function returns. This function is thread-safe, but queueing to the
* same device from two threads at once does not promise which buffer will
* be queued first.
*
* You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
* callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use the audio callback
* or queue audio with this function, but not both.
*
* You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
* handles locking internally for this function.
*
* \param dev The device ID to which we will queue audio.
* \param data The data to queue to the device for later playback.
* \param len The number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points.
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*
* \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
* \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, const void *data, Uint32 len);
/**
* Dequeue more audio on non-callback devices.
*
* (If you are looking to queue audio for output on a non-callback playback
* device, you want SDL_QueueAudio() instead. This will always return 0
* if you use it with playback devices.)
*
* SDL offers two ways to retrieve audio from a capture device: you can
* either supply a callback that SDL triggers with some frequency as the
* device records more audio data, (push method), or you can supply no
* callback, and then SDL will expect you to retrieve data at regular
* intervals (pull method) with this function.
*
* There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
* exhaustion of address space. Data from the device will keep queuing as
* necessary without further intervention from you. This means you will
* eventually run out of memory if you aren't routinely dequeueing data.
*
* Capture devices will not queue data when paused; if you are expecting
* to not need captured audio for some length of time, use
* SDL_PauseAudioDevice() to stop the capture device from queueing more
* data. This can be useful during, say, level loading times. When
* unpaused, capture devices will start queueing data from that point,
* having flushed any capturable data available while paused.
*
* This function is thread-safe, but dequeueing from the same device from
* two threads at once does not promise which thread will dequeued data
* first.
*
* You may not dequeue audio from a device that is using an
* application-supplied callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use
* the audio callback, or dequeue audio with this function, but not both.
*
* You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
* handles locking internally for this function.
*
* \param dev The device ID from which we will dequeue audio.
* \param data A pointer into where audio data should be copied.
* \param len The number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points.
* \return number of bytes dequeued, which could be less than requested.
*
* \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
* \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_DequeueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, void *data, Uint32 len);
/**
* Get the number of bytes of still-queued audio.
*
* For playback device:
*
* This is the number of bytes that have been queued for playback with
* SDL_QueueAudio(), but have not yet been sent to the hardware. This
* number may shrink at any time, so this only informs of pending data.
*
* Once we've sent it to the hardware, this function can not decide the
* exact byte boundary of what has been played. It's possible that we just
* gave the hardware several kilobytes right before you called this
* function, but it hasn't played any of it yet, or maybe half of it, etc.
*
* For capture devices:
*
* This is the number of bytes that have been captured by the device and
* are waiting for you to dequeue. This number may grow at any time, so
* this only informs of the lower-bound of available data.
*
* You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
* callback; calling this function on such a device always returns 0.
* You have to queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio()/SDL_DequeueAudio(), or use
* the audio callback, but not both.
*
* You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before querying; SDL
* handles locking internally for this function.
*
* \param dev The device ID of which we will query queued audio size.
* \return Number of bytes (not samples!) of queued audio.
*
* \sa SDL_QueueAudio
* \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/**
* Drop any queued audio data. For playback devices, this is any queued data
* still waiting to be submitted to the hardware. For capture devices, this
* is any data that was queued by the device that hasn't yet been dequeued by
* the application.
*
* Immediately after this call, SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize() will return 0. For
* playback devices, the hardware will start playing silence if more audio
* isn't queued. Unpaused capture devices will start filling the queue again
* as soon as they have more data available (which, depending on the state
* of the hardware and the thread, could be before this function call
* returns!).
*
* This will not prevent playback of queued audio that's already been sent
* to the hardware, as we can not undo that, so expect there to be some
* fraction of a second of audio that might still be heard. This can be
* useful if you want to, say, drop any pending music during a level change
* in your game.
*
* You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
* callback; calling this function on such a device is always a no-op.
* You have to queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio()/SDL_DequeueAudio(), or use
* the audio callback, but not both.
*
* You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before clearing the
* queue; SDL handles locking internally for this function.
*
* This function always succeeds and thus returns void.
*
* \param dev The device ID of which to clear the audio queue.
*
* \sa SDL_QueueAudio
* \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearQueuedAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/**
* \name Audio lock functions
*
* The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
* During a SDL_LockAudio()/SDL_UnlockAudio() pair, you can be guaranteed that
* the callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
* function or you will cause deadlock.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/* @} *//* Audio lock functions */
/**
* This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_audio_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_bits.h
+121
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_bits.h
*
* Functions for fiddling with bits and bitmasks.
*/
#ifndef SDL_bits_h_
#define SDL_bits_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_bits.h
*/
/**
* Get the index of the most significant bit. Result is undefined when called
* with 0. This operation can also be stated as "count leading zeroes" and
* "log base 2".
*
* \return Index of the most significant bit, or -1 if the value is 0.
*/
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
extern _inline int _SDL_clz_watcom (Uint32);
#pragma aux _SDL_clz_watcom = \
"bsr eax, eax" \
"xor eax, 31" \
parm [eax] nomemory \
value [eax] \
modify exact [eax] nomemory;
#endif
SDL_FORCE_INLINE int
SDL_MostSignificantBitIndex32(Uint32 x)
{
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
/* Count Leading Zeroes builtin in GCC.
* http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.3.4/gcc/Other-Builtins.html
*/
if (x == 0) {
return -1;
}
return 31 - __builtin_clz(x);
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
if (x == 0) {
return -1;
}
return 31 - _SDL_clz_watcom(x);
#else
/* Based off of Bit Twiddling Hacks by Sean Eron Anderson
* <seander@cs.stanford.edu>, released in the public domain.
* http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html#IntegerLog
*/
const Uint32 b[] = {0x2, 0xC, 0xF0, 0xFF00, 0xFFFF0000};
const int S[] = {1, 2, 4, 8, 16};
int msbIndex = 0;
int i;
if (x == 0) {
return -1;
}
for (i = 4; i >= 0; i--)
{
if (x & b[i])
{
x >>= S[i];
msbIndex |= S[i];
}
}
return msbIndex;
#endif
}
SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool
SDL_HasExactlyOneBitSet32(Uint32 x)
{
if (x && !(x & (x - 1))) {
return SDL_TRUE;
}
return SDL_FALSE;
}
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_bits_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_blendmode.h
+120
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_blendmode.h
*
* Header file declaring the SDL_BlendMode enumeration
*/
#ifndef SDL_blendmode_h_
#define SDL_blendmode_h_
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The blend mode used in SDL_RenderCopy() and drawing operations.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< no blending
dstRGBA = srcRGBA */
SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND = 0x00000001, /**< alpha blending
dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + (dstRGB * (1-srcA))
dstA = srcA + (dstA * (1-srcA)) */
SDL_BLENDMODE_ADD = 0x00000002, /**< additive blending
dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + dstRGB
dstA = dstA */
SDL_BLENDMODE_MOD = 0x00000004, /**< color modulate
dstRGB = srcRGB * dstRGB
dstA = dstA */
SDL_BLENDMODE_INVALID = 0x7FFFFFFF
/* Additional custom blend modes can be returned by SDL_ComposeCustomBlendMode() */
} SDL_BlendMode;
/**
* \brief The blend operation used when combining source and destination pixel components
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD = 0x1, /**< dst + src: supported by all renderers */
SDL_BLENDOPERATION_SUBTRACT = 0x2, /**< dst - src : supported by D3D9, D3D11, OpenGL, OpenGLES */
SDL_BLENDOPERATION_REV_SUBTRACT = 0x3, /**< src - dst : supported by D3D9, D3D11, OpenGL, OpenGLES */
SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MINIMUM = 0x4, /**< min(dst, src) : supported by D3D11 */
SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MAXIMUM = 0x5 /**< max(dst, src) : supported by D3D11 */
} SDL_BlendOperation;
/**
* \brief The normalized factor used to multiply pixel components
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ZERO = 0x1, /**< 0, 0, 0, 0 */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE = 0x2, /**< 1, 1, 1, 1 */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_SRC_COLOR = 0x3, /**< srcR, srcG, srcB, srcA */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR = 0x4, /**< 1-srcR, 1-srcG, 1-srcB, 1-srcA */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_SRC_ALPHA = 0x5, /**< srcA, srcA, srcA, srcA */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA = 0x6, /**< 1-srcA, 1-srcA, 1-srcA, 1-srcA */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_COLOR = 0x7, /**< dstR, dstG, dstB, dstA */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR = 0x8, /**< 1-dstR, 1-dstG, 1-dstB, 1-dstA */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_ALPHA = 0x9, /**< dstA, dstA, dstA, dstA */
SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA = 0xA /**< 1-dstA, 1-dstA, 1-dstA, 1-dstA */
} SDL_BlendFactor;
/**
* \brief Create a custom blend mode, which may or may not be supported by a given renderer
*
* \param srcColorFactor source color factor
* \param dstColorFactor destination color factor
* \param colorOperation color operation
* \param srcAlphaFactor source alpha factor
* \param dstAlphaFactor destination alpha factor
* \param alphaOperation alpha operation
*
* The result of the blend mode operation will be:
* dstRGB = dstRGB * dstColorFactor colorOperation srcRGB * srcColorFactor
* and
* dstA = dstA * dstAlphaFactor alphaOperation srcA * srcAlphaFactor
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_BlendMode SDLCALL SDL_ComposeCustomBlendMode(SDL_BlendFactor srcColorFactor,
SDL_BlendFactor dstColorFactor,
SDL_BlendOperation colorOperation,
SDL_BlendFactor srcAlphaFactor,
SDL_BlendFactor dstAlphaFactor,
SDL_BlendOperation alphaOperation);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_blendmode_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_clipboard.h
+71
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_clipboard.h
*
* Include file for SDL clipboard handling
*/
#ifndef SDL_clipboard_h_
#define SDL_clipboard_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard
*
* \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetClipboardText(const char *text);
/**
* \brief Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free()
*
* \sa SDL_SetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetClipboardText(void);
/**
* \brief Returns a flag indicating whether the clipboard exists and contains a text string that is non-empty
*
* \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasClipboardText(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_clipboard_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_config.h
+55
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_config_h_
#define SDL_config_h_
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/**
* \file SDL_config.h
*/
/* Add any platform that doesn't build using the configure system. */
#if defined(__WIN32__)
#include "SDL_config_windows.h"
#elif defined(__WINRT__)
#include "SDL_config_winrt.h"
#elif defined(__MACOSX__)
#include "SDL_config_macosx.h"
#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
#include "SDL_config_iphoneos.h"
#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
#include "SDL_config_android.h"
#elif defined(__PSP__)
#include "SDL_config_psp.h"
#elif defined(__OS2__)
#include "SDL_config_os2.h"
#else
/* This is a minimal configuration just to get SDL running on new platforms. */
#include "SDL_config_minimal.h"
#endif /* platform config */
#ifdef USING_GENERATED_CONFIG_H
#error Wrong SDL_config.h, check your include path?
#endif
#endif /* SDL_config_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_config_iphoneos.h
+205
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_config_iphoneos_h_
#define SDL_config_iphoneos_h_
#define SDL_config_h_
#include "SDL_platform.h"
#ifdef __LP64__
#define SIZEOF_VOIDP 8
#else
#define SIZEOF_VOIDP 4
#endif
#define HAVE_GCC_ATOMICS 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
/* The libunwind functions are only available on x86 */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBUNWIND_H */
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_GETENV 1
#define HAVE_SETENV 1
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
#define HAVE_SETENV 1
#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1
#define HAVE_QSORT 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_BCOPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRLCPY 1
#define HAVE_STRLCAT 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_VSSCANF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_M_PI 1
#define HAVE_ACOS 1
#define HAVE_ACOSF 1
#define HAVE_ASIN 1
#define HAVE_ASINF 1
#define HAVE_ATAN 1
#define HAVE_ATANF 1
#define HAVE_ATAN2 1
#define HAVE_ATAN2F 1
#define HAVE_CEIL 1
#define HAVE_CEILF 1
#define HAVE_COPYSIGN 1
#define HAVE_COPYSIGNF 1
#define HAVE_COS 1
#define HAVE_COSF 1
#define HAVE_EXP 1
#define HAVE_EXPF 1
#define HAVE_FABS 1
#define HAVE_FABSF 1
#define HAVE_FLOOR 1
#define HAVE_FLOORF 1
#define HAVE_FMOD 1
#define HAVE_FMODF 1
#define HAVE_LOG 1
#define HAVE_LOGF 1
#define HAVE_LOG10 1
#define HAVE_LOG10F 1
#define HAVE_POW 1
#define HAVE_POWF 1
#define HAVE_SCALBN 1
#define HAVE_SCALBNF 1
#define HAVE_SIN 1
#define HAVE_SINF 1
#define HAVE_SQRT 1
#define HAVE_SQRTF 1
#define HAVE_TAN 1
#define HAVE_TANF 1
#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
#define HAVE_SETJMP 1
#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1
#define HAVE_SYSCONF 1
#define HAVE_SYSCTLBYNAME 1
/* enable iPhone version of Core Audio driver */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_COREAUDIO 1
/* Enable the dummy audio driver (src/audio/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable the stub haptic driver (src/haptic/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_HAPTIC_DUMMY 1
/* Enable MFi joystick support */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_MFI 1
/*#define SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI 1*/
#ifdef __TVOS__
#define SDL_SENSOR_DUMMY 1
#else
/* Enable the CoreMotion sensor driver */
#define SDL_SENSOR_COREMOTION 1
#endif
/* Enable Unix style SO loading */
#define SDL_LOADSO_DLOPEN 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD 1
#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_UNIX 1
/* Supported video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable OpenGL ES */
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_ES2 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_ES 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL_ES 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL_ES2 1
/* Metal supported on 64-bit devices running iOS 8.0 and tvOS 9.0 and newer */
#if !TARGET_OS_SIMULATOR && !TARGET_CPU_ARM && ((__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 80000) || (__TV_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 90000))
#define SDL_PLATFORM_SUPPORTS_METAL 1
#else
#define SDL_PLATFORM_SUPPORTS_METAL 0
#endif
#if SDL_PLATFORM_SUPPORTS_METAL
#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_METAL 1
#endif
#if SDL_PLATFORM_SUPPORTS_METAL
#define SDL_VIDEO_VULKAN 1
#endif
#if SDL_PLATFORM_SUPPORTS_METAL
#define SDL_VIDEO_METAL 1
#endif
/* Enable system power support */
#define SDL_POWER_UIKIT 1
/* enable iPhone keyboard support */
#define SDL_IPHONE_KEYBOARD 1
/* enable iOS extended launch screen */
#define SDL_IPHONE_LAUNCHSCREEN 1
/* Set max recognized G-force from accelerometer
See src/joystick/uikit/SDL_sysjoystick.m for notes on why this is needed
*/
#define SDL_IPHONE_MAX_GFORCE 5.0
/* enable filesystem support */
#define SDL_FILESYSTEM_COCOA 1
#endif /* SDL_config_iphoneos_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_config_minimal.h
+85
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_config_minimal_h_
#define SDL_config_minimal_h_
#define SDL_config_h_
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/**
* \file SDL_config_minimal.h
*
* This is the minimal configuration that can be used to build SDL.
*/
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
/* Most everything except Visual Studio 2008 and earlier has stdint.h now */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1600)
/* Here are some reasonable defaults */
typedef unsigned int size_t;
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef signed long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
typedef unsigned long uintptr_t;
#else
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#endif /* Visual Studio 2008 */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define HAVE_GCC_SYNC_LOCK_TEST_AND_SET 1
#endif
/* Enable the dummy audio driver (src/audio/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable the stub joystick driver (src/joystick/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub haptic driver (src/haptic/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_HAPTIC_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub sensor driver (src/sensor/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_SENSOR_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub shared object loader (src/loadso/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_LOADSO_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub thread support (src/thread/generic/\*.c) */
#define SDL_THREADS_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub timer support (src/timer/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_TIMERS_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the dummy video driver (src/video/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable the dummy filesystem driver (src/filesystem/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_FILESYSTEM_DUMMY 1
#endif /* SDL_config_minimal_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_copying.h
+20
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_cpuinfo.h
+275
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_cpuinfo.h
*
* CPU feature detection for SDL.
*/
#ifndef SDL_cpuinfo_h_
#define SDL_cpuinfo_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500) && (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64))
#ifdef __clang__
/* Many of the intrinsics SDL uses are not implemented by clang with Visual Studio */
#undef __MMX__
#undef __SSE__
#undef __SSE2__
#else
#include <intrin.h>
#ifndef _WIN64
#ifndef __MMX__
#define __MMX__
#endif
#ifndef __3dNOW__
#define __3dNOW__
#endif
#endif
#ifndef __SSE__
#define __SSE__
#endif
#ifndef __SSE2__
#define __SSE2__
#endif
#endif /* __clang__ */
#elif defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR)
#include <intrin.h>
#else
/* altivec.h redefining bool causes a number of problems, see bugs 3993 and 4392, so you need to explicitly define SDL_ENABLE_ALTIVEC_H to have it included. */
#if defined(HAVE_ALTIVEC_H) && defined(__ALTIVEC__) && !defined(__APPLE_ALTIVEC__) && defined(SDL_ENABLE_ALTIVEC_H)
#include <altivec.h>
#endif
#if !defined(SDL_DISABLE_ARM_NEON_H)
# if defined(__ARM_NEON)
# include <arm_neon.h>
# elif defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__WINRT__)
/* Visual Studio doesn't define __ARM_ARCH, but _M_ARM (if set, always 7), and _M_ARM64 (if set, always 1). */
# if defined(_M_ARM)
# include <armintr.h>
# include <arm_neon.h>
# define __ARM_NEON 1 /* Set __ARM_NEON so that it can be used elsewhere, at compile time */
# endif
# if defined (_M_ARM64)
# include <arm64intr.h>
# include <arm64_neon.h>
# define __ARM_NEON 1 /* Set __ARM_NEON so that it can be used elsewhere, at compile time */
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if defined(__3dNOW__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_MM3DNOW_H)
#include <mm3dnow.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_IMMINTRIN_H)
#include <immintrin.h>
#else
#if defined(__MMX__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_MMINTRIN_H)
#include <mmintrin.h>
#endif
#if defined(__SSE__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_XMMINTRIN_H)
#include <xmmintrin.h>
#endif
#if defined(__SSE2__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_EMMINTRIN_H)
#include <emmintrin.h>
#endif
#if defined(__SSE3__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_PMMINTRIN_H)
#include <pmmintrin.h>
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H */
#endif /* compiler version */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is a guess for the cacheline size used for padding.
* Most x86 processors have a 64 byte cache line.
* The 64-bit PowerPC processors have a 128 byte cache line.
* We'll use the larger value to be generally safe.
*/
#define SDL_CACHELINE_SIZE 128
/**
* This function returns the number of CPU cores available.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCount(void);
/**
* This function returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU
*
* This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding
* or SIMD prefetch sizes.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCacheLineSize(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE3 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE3(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE41(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE42(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AVX features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AVX2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX2(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AVX-512F (foundation) features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX512F(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has ARM SIMD (ARMv6) features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasARMSIMD(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has NEON (ARM SIMD) features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasNEON(void);
/**
* This function returns the amount of RAM configured in the system, in MB.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSystemRAM(void);
/**
* \brief Report the alignment this system needs for SIMD allocations.
*
* This will return the minimum number of bytes to which a pointer must be
* aligned to be compatible with SIMD instructions on the current machine.
* For example, if the machine supports SSE only, it will return 16, but if
* it supports AVX-512F, it'll return 64 (etc). This only reports values for
* instruction sets SDL knows about, so if your SDL build doesn't have
* SDL_HasAVX512F(), then it might return 16 for the SSE support it sees and
* not 64 for the AVX-512 instructions that exist but SDL doesn't know about.
* Plan accordingly.
*/
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_SIMDGetAlignment(void);
/**
* \brief Allocate memory in a SIMD-friendly way.
*
* This will allocate a block of memory that is suitable for use with SIMD
* instructions. Specifically, it will be properly aligned and padded for
* the system's supported vector instructions.
*
* The memory returned will be padded such that it is safe to read or write
* an incomplete vector at the end of the memory block. This can be useful
* so you don't have to drop back to a scalar fallback at the end of your
* SIMD processing loop to deal with the final elements without overflowing
* the allocated buffer.
*
* You must free this memory with SDL_FreeSIMD(), not free() or SDL_free()
* or delete[], etc.
*
* Note that SDL will only deal with SIMD instruction sets it is aware of;
* for example, SDL 2.0.8 knows that SSE wants 16-byte vectors
* (SDL_HasSSE()), and AVX2 wants 32 bytes (SDL_HasAVX2()), but doesn't
* know that AVX-512 wants 64. To be clear: if you can't decide to use an
* instruction set with an SDL_Has*() function, don't use that instruction
* set with memory allocated through here.
*
* SDL_AllocSIMD(0) will return a non-NULL pointer, assuming the system isn't
* out of memory.
*
* \param len The length, in bytes, of the block to allocated. The actual
* allocated block might be larger due to padding, etc.
* \return Pointer to newly-allocated block, NULL if out of memory.
*
* \sa SDL_SIMDAlignment
* \sa SDL_SIMDFree
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_SIMDAlloc(const size_t len);
/**
* \brief Deallocate memory obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc
*
* It is not valid to use this function on a pointer from anything but
* SDL_SIMDAlloc(). It can't be used on pointers from malloc, realloc,
* SDL_malloc, memalign, new[], etc.
*
* However, SDL_SIMDFree(NULL) is a legal no-op.
*
* \sa SDL_SIMDAlloc
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SIMDFree(void *ptr);
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_cpuinfo_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_egl.h
+1676
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_endian.h
+263
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_endian.h
*
* Functions for reading and writing endian-specific values
*/
#ifndef SDL_endian_h_
#define SDL_endian_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/**
* \name The two types of endianness
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN 1234
#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN 4321
/* @} */
#ifndef SDL_BYTEORDER /* Not defined in SDL_config.h? */
#ifdef __linux__
#include <endian.h>
#define SDL_BYTEORDER __BYTE_ORDER
#elif defined(__OpenBSD__)
#include <endian.h>
#define SDL_BYTEORDER BYTE_ORDER
#else
#if defined(__hppa__) || \
defined(__m68k__) || defined(mc68000) || defined(_M_M68K) || \
(defined(__MIPS__) && defined(__MIPSEB__)) || \
defined(__ppc__) || defined(__POWERPC__) || defined(_M_PPC) || \
defined(__sparc__)
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
#else
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* __linux__ */
#endif /* !SDL_BYTEORDER */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_endian.h
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__) && \
!(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 95 /* broken gcc version */)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=q"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=Q"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
int result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 8), "r"(x));
return (Uint16)result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
return x;
}
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
extern _inline Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16);
#pragma aux SDL_Swap16 = \
"xchg al, ah" \
parm [ax] \
modify [ax];
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
return SDL_static_cast(Uint16, ((x << 8) | (x >> 8)));
}
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswap %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswapl %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
Uint32 result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 24), "r"(x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,8,15": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,0,7": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
return result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0\n\tswap %0\n\trorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
return x;
}
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
extern _inline Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32);
#ifndef __SW_3 /* 486+ */
#pragma aux SDL_Swap32 = \
"bswap eax" \
parm [eax] \
modify [eax];
#else /* 386-only */
#pragma aux SDL_Swap32 = \
"xchg al, ah" \
"ror eax, 16" \
"xchg al, ah" \
parm [eax] \
modify [eax];
#endif
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
return SDL_static_cast(Uint32, ((x << 24) | ((x << 8) & 0x00FF0000) |
((x >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | (x >> 24)));
}
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
union
{
struct
{
Uint32 a, b;
} s;
Uint64 u;
} v;
v.u = x;
__asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1": "=r"(v.s.a), "=r"(v.s.b):"0"(v.s.a),
"1"(v.s.
b));
return v.u;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
__asm__("bswapq %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
Uint32 hi, lo;
/* Separate into high and low 32-bit values and swap them */
lo = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
x >>= 32;
hi = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
x = SDL_Swap32(lo);
x <<= 32;
x |= SDL_Swap32(hi);
return (x);
}
#endif
SDL_FORCE_INLINE float
SDL_SwapFloat(float x)
{
union
{
float f;
Uint32 ui32;
} swapper;
swapper.f = x;
swapper.ui32 = SDL_Swap32(swapper.ui32);
return swapper.f;
}
/**
* \name Swap to native
* Byteswap item from the specified endianness to the native endianness.
*/
/* @{ */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
#else
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) (X)
#endif
/* @} *//* Swap to native */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_endian_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_error.h
+76
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_error.h
*
* Simple error message routines for SDL.
*/
#ifndef SDL_error_h_
#define SDL_error_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public functions */
/* SDL_SetError() unconditionally returns -1. */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetError(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
/**
* \name Internal error functions
*
* \internal
* Private error reporting function - used internally.
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_OutOfMemory() SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
#define SDL_Unsupported() SDL_Error(SDL_UNSUPPORTED)
#define SDL_InvalidParamError(param) SDL_SetError("Parameter '%s' is invalid", (param))
typedef enum
{
SDL_ENOMEM,
SDL_EFREAD,
SDL_EFWRITE,
SDL_EFSEEK,
SDL_UNSUPPORTED,
SDL_LASTERROR
} SDL_errorcode;
/* SDL_Error() unconditionally returns -1. */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
/* @} *//* Internal error functions */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_error_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_events.h
+792
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_events.h
*
* Include file for SDL event handling.
*/
#ifndef SDL_events_h_
#define SDL_events_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
#include "SDL_mouse.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
#include "SDL_quit.h"
#include "SDL_gesture.h"
#include "SDL_touch.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* General keyboard/mouse state definitions */
#define SDL_RELEASED 0
#define SDL_PRESSED 1
/**
* \brief The types of events that can be delivered.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_FIRSTEVENT = 0, /**< Unused (do not remove) */
/* Application events */
SDL_QUIT = 0x100, /**< User-requested quit */
/* These application events have special meaning on iOS, see README-ios.md for details */
SDL_APP_TERMINATING, /**< The application is being terminated by the OS
Called on iOS in applicationWillTerminate()
Called on Android in onDestroy()
*/
SDL_APP_LOWMEMORY, /**< The application is low on memory, free memory if possible.
Called on iOS in applicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning()
Called on Android in onLowMemory()
*/
SDL_APP_WILLENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the background
Called on iOS in applicationWillResignActive()
Called on Android in onPause()
*/
SDL_APP_DIDENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application did enter the background and may not get CPU for some time
Called on iOS in applicationDidEnterBackground()
Called on Android in onPause()
*/
SDL_APP_WILLENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the foreground
Called on iOS in applicationWillEnterForeground()
Called on Android in onResume()
*/
SDL_APP_DIDENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is now interactive
Called on iOS in applicationDidBecomeActive()
Called on Android in onResume()
*/
/* Display events */
SDL_DISPLAYEVENT = 0x150, /**< Display state change */
/* Window events */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT = 0x200, /**< Window state change */
SDL_SYSWMEVENT, /**< System specific event */
/* Keyboard events */
SDL_KEYDOWN = 0x300, /**< Key pressed */
SDL_KEYUP, /**< Key released */
SDL_TEXTEDITING, /**< Keyboard text editing (composition) */
SDL_TEXTINPUT, /**< Keyboard text input */
SDL_KEYMAPCHANGED, /**< Keymap changed due to a system event such as an
input language or keyboard layout change.
*/
/* Mouse events */
SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 0x400, /**< Mouse moved */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, /**< Mouse button pressed */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP, /**< Mouse button released */
SDL_MOUSEWHEEL, /**< Mouse wheel motion */
/* Joystick events */
SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 0x600, /**< Joystick axis motion */
SDL_JOYBALLMOTION, /**< Joystick trackball motion */
SDL_JOYHATMOTION, /**< Joystick hat position change */
SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, /**< Joystick button pressed */
SDL_JOYBUTTONUP, /**< Joystick button released */
SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED, /**< A new joystick has been inserted into the system */
SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened joystick has been removed */
/* Game controller events */
SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION = 0x650, /**< Game controller axis motion */
SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN, /**< Game controller button pressed */
SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP, /**< Game controller button released */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, /**< A new Game controller has been inserted into the system */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened Game controller has been removed */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED, /**< The controller mapping was updated */
/* Touch events */
SDL_FINGERDOWN = 0x700,
SDL_FINGERUP,
SDL_FINGERMOTION,
/* Gesture events */
SDL_DOLLARGESTURE = 0x800,
SDL_DOLLARRECORD,
SDL_MULTIGESTURE,
/* Clipboard events */
SDL_CLIPBOARDUPDATE = 0x900, /**< The clipboard changed */
/* Drag and drop events */
SDL_DROPFILE = 0x1000, /**< The system requests a file open */
SDL_DROPTEXT, /**< text/plain drag-and-drop event */
SDL_DROPBEGIN, /**< A new set of drops is beginning (NULL filename) */
SDL_DROPCOMPLETE, /**< Current set of drops is now complete (NULL filename) */
/* Audio hotplug events */
SDL_AUDIODEVICEADDED = 0x1100, /**< A new audio device is available */
SDL_AUDIODEVICEREMOVED, /**< An audio device has been removed. */
/* Sensor events */
SDL_SENSORUPDATE = 0x1200, /**< A sensor was updated */
/* Render events */
SDL_RENDER_TARGETS_RESET = 0x2000, /**< The render targets have been reset and their contents need to be updated */
SDL_RENDER_DEVICE_RESET, /**< The device has been reset and all textures need to be recreated */
/** Events ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT are for your use,
* and should be allocated with SDL_RegisterEvents()
*/
SDL_USEREVENT = 0x8000,
/**
* This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
*/
SDL_LASTEVENT = 0xFFFF
} SDL_EventType;
/**
* \brief Fields shared by every event
*/
typedef struct SDL_CommonEvent
{
Uint32 type;
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
} SDL_CommonEvent;
/**
* \brief Display state change event data (event.display.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_DisplayEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DISPLAYEVENT */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 display; /**< The associated display index */
Uint8 event; /**< ::SDL_DisplayEventID */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint32 data1; /**< event dependent data */
} SDL_DisplayEvent;
/**
* \brief Window state change event data (event.window.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_WindowEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_WINDOWEVENT */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window */
Uint8 event; /**< ::SDL_WindowEventID */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint32 data1; /**< event dependent data */
Sint32 data2; /**< event dependent data */
} SDL_WindowEvent;
/**
* \brief Keyboard button event structure (event.key.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_KeyboardEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_KEYDOWN or ::SDL_KEYUP */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 repeat; /**< Non-zero if this is a key repeat */
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
SDL_Keysym keysym; /**< The key that was pressed or released */
} SDL_KeyboardEvent;
#define SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
/**
* \brief Keyboard text editing event structure (event.edit.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TextEditingEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTEDITING */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
char text[SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The editing text */
Sint32 start; /**< The start cursor of selected editing text */
Sint32 length; /**< The length of selected editing text */
} SDL_TextEditingEvent;
#define SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
/**
* \brief Keyboard text input event structure (event.text.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TextInputEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTINPUT */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
char text[SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The input text */
} SDL_TextInputEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse motion event structure (event.motion.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseMotionEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Uint32 state; /**< The current button state */
Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint32 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_MouseMotionEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse button event structure (event.button.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Uint8 button; /**< The mouse button index */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 clicks; /**< 1 for single-click, 2 for double-click, etc. */
Uint8 padding1;
Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
} SDL_MouseButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse wheel event structure (event.wheel.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseWheelEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEWHEEL */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Sint32 x; /**< The amount scrolled horizontally, positive to the right and negative to the left */
Sint32 y; /**< The amount scrolled vertically, positive away from the user and negative toward the user */
Uint32 direction; /**< Set to one of the SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_* defines. When FLIPPED the values in X and Y will be opposite. Multiply by -1 to change them back */
} SDL_MouseWheelEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick axis motion event structure (event.jaxis.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyAxisEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYAXISMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 axis; /**< The joystick axis index */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
Uint16 padding4;
} SDL_JoyAxisEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick trackball motion event structure (event.jball.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyBallEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBALLMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 ball; /**< The joystick trackball index */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint16 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_JoyBallEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick hat position change event structure (event.jhat.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyHatEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 hat; /**< The joystick hat index */
Uint8 value; /**< The hat position value.
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP ::SDL_HAT_UP ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFT ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN ::SDL_HAT_DOWN ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
*
* Note that zero means the POV is centered.
*/
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_JoyHatEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick button event structure (event.jbutton.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_JOYBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 button; /**< The joystick button index */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_JoyButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick device event structure (event.jdevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED or ::SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED event */
} SDL_JoyDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Game controller axis motion event structure (event.caxis.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerAxisEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 axis; /**< The controller axis (SDL_GameControllerAxis) */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
Uint16 padding4;
} SDL_ControllerAxisEvent;
/**
* \brief Game controller button event structure (event.cbutton.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 button; /**< The controller button (SDL_GameControllerButton) */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_ControllerButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Controller device event structure (event.cdevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, or ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED or REMAPPED event */
} SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Audio device event structure (event.adevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_AudioDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_AUDIODEVICEADDED, or ::SDL_AUDIODEVICEREMOVED */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 which; /**< The audio device index for the ADDED event (valid until next SDL_GetNumAudioDevices() call), SDL_AudioDeviceID for the REMOVED event */
Uint8 iscapture; /**< zero if an output device, non-zero if a capture device. */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
} SDL_AudioDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Touch finger event structure (event.tfinger.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TouchFingerEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_FINGERMOTION or ::SDL_FINGERDOWN or ::SDL_FINGERUP */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
SDL_FingerID fingerId;
float x; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float y; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float dx; /**< Normalized in the range -1...1 */
float dy; /**< Normalized in the range -1...1 */
float pressure; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window underneath the finger, if any */
} SDL_TouchFingerEvent;
/**
* \brief Multiple Finger Gesture Event (event.mgesture.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MultiGestureEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MULTIGESTURE */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
float dTheta;
float dDist;
float x;
float y;
Uint16 numFingers;
Uint16 padding;
} SDL_MultiGestureEvent;
/**
* \brief Dollar Gesture Event (event.dgesture.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_DollarGestureEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DOLLARGESTURE or ::SDL_DOLLARRECORD */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
SDL_GestureID gestureId;
Uint32 numFingers;
float error;
float x; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
float y; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
} SDL_DollarGestureEvent;
/**
* \brief An event used to request a file open by the system (event.drop.*)
* This event is enabled by default, you can disable it with SDL_EventState().
* \note If this event is enabled, you must free the filename in the event.
*/
typedef struct SDL_DropEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DROPBEGIN or ::SDL_DROPFILE or ::SDL_DROPTEXT or ::SDL_DROPCOMPLETE */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
char *file; /**< The file name, which should be freed with SDL_free(), is NULL on begin/complete */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window that was dropped on, if any */
} SDL_DropEvent;
/**
* \brief Sensor event structure (event.sensor.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_SensorEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_SENSORUPDATE */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Sint32 which; /**< The instance ID of the sensor */
float data[6]; /**< Up to 6 values from the sensor - additional values can be queried using SDL_SensorGetData() */
} SDL_SensorEvent;
/**
* \brief The "quit requested" event
*/
typedef struct SDL_QuitEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
} SDL_QuitEvent;
/**
* \brief OS Specific event
*/
typedef struct SDL_OSEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
} SDL_OSEvent;
/**
* \brief A user-defined event type (event.user.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_UserEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT-1 */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window if any */
Sint32 code; /**< User defined event code */
void *data1; /**< User defined data pointer */
void *data2; /**< User defined data pointer */
} SDL_UserEvent;
struct SDL_SysWMmsg;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMmsg SDL_SysWMmsg;
/**
* \brief A video driver dependent system event (event.syswm.*)
* This event is disabled by default, you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
*
* \note If you want to use this event, you should include SDL_syswm.h.
*/
typedef struct SDL_SysWMEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_SYSWMEVENT */
Uint32 timestamp; /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
SDL_SysWMmsg *msg; /**< driver dependent data, defined in SDL_syswm.h */
} SDL_SysWMEvent;
/**
* \brief General event structure
*/
typedef union SDL_Event
{
Uint32 type; /**< Event type, shared with all events */
SDL_CommonEvent common; /**< Common event data */
SDL_DisplayEvent display; /**< Window event data */
SDL_WindowEvent window; /**< Window event data */
SDL_KeyboardEvent key; /**< Keyboard event data */
SDL_TextEditingEvent edit; /**< Text editing event data */
SDL_TextInputEvent text; /**< Text input event data */
SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion; /**< Mouse motion event data */
SDL_MouseButtonEvent button; /**< Mouse button event data */
SDL_MouseWheelEvent wheel; /**< Mouse wheel event data */
SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis; /**< Joystick axis event data */
SDL_JoyBallEvent jball; /**< Joystick ball event data */
SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat; /**< Joystick hat event data */
SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton; /**< Joystick button event data */
SDL_JoyDeviceEvent jdevice; /**< Joystick device change event data */
SDL_ControllerAxisEvent caxis; /**< Game Controller axis event data */
SDL_ControllerButtonEvent cbutton; /**< Game Controller button event data */
SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent cdevice; /**< Game Controller device event data */
SDL_AudioDeviceEvent adevice; /**< Audio device event data */
SDL_SensorEvent sensor; /**< Sensor event data */
SDL_QuitEvent quit; /**< Quit request event data */
SDL_UserEvent user; /**< Custom event data */
SDL_SysWMEvent syswm; /**< System dependent window event data */
SDL_TouchFingerEvent tfinger; /**< Touch finger event data */
SDL_MultiGestureEvent mgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
SDL_DollarGestureEvent dgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
SDL_DropEvent drop; /**< Drag and drop event data */
/* This is necessary for ABI compatibility between Visual C++ and GCC
Visual C++ will respect the push pack pragma and use 52 bytes for
this structure, and GCC will use the alignment of the largest datatype
within the union, which is 8 bytes.
So... we'll add padding to force the size to be 56 bytes for both.
*/
Uint8 padding[56];
} SDL_Event;
/* Make sure we haven't broken binary compatibility */
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(SDL_Event, sizeof(SDL_Event) == 56);
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
*
* This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
*
* This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
/* @{ */
typedef enum
{
SDL_ADDEVENT,
SDL_PEEKEVENT,
SDL_GETEVENT
} SDL_eventaction;
/**
* Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_ADDEVENT, up to \c numevents events will be added to
* the back of the event queue.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
* of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
* will be returned and will not be removed from the queue.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_GETEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
* of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
* will be returned and will be removed from the queue.
*
* \return The number of events actually stored, or -1 if there was an error.
*
* This function is thread-safe.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
SDL_eventaction action,
Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/* @} */
/**
* Checks to see if certain event types are in the event queue.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvent(Uint32 type);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/**
* This function clears events from the event queue
* This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
* sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
* on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvent(Uint32 type);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/**
* \brief Polls for currently pending events.
*
* \return 1 if there are any pending events, or 0 if there are none available.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event * event);
/**
* \brief Waits indefinitely for the next available event.
*
* \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event * event);
/**
* \brief Waits until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for the next
* available event.
*
* \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
* \param timeout The timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for next event.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEventTimeout(SDL_Event * event,
int timeout);
/**
* \brief Add an event to the event queue.
*
* \return 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or -1 if the event queue
* was full or there was some other error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event * event);
typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_EventFilter) (void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
/**
* Sets up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
* are posted to the internal event queue.
*
* The filter is prototyped as:
* \code
* int SDL_EventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
* \endcode
*
* If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
* If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
* internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
* dynamically arriving events.
*
* \warning Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
* it may run in a different thread!
*
* There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type. The
* event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
* application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
* be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
*
* If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
* internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
* If there is no event filter set, this function returns SDL_FALSE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter * filter,
void **userdata);
/**
* Add a function which is called when an event is added to the queue.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Remove an event watch function added with SDL_AddEventWatch()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Run the filter function on the current event queue, removing any
* events for which the filter returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/* @{ */
#define SDL_QUERY -1
#define SDL_IGNORE 0
#define SDL_DISABLE 0
#define SDL_ENABLE 1
/**
* This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically
* dropped from the event queue and will not be filtered.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed
* normally.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
* current processing state of the specified event.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint32 type, int state);
/* @} */
#define SDL_GetEventState(type) SDL_EventState(type, SDL_QUERY)
/**
* This function allocates a set of user-defined events, and returns
* the beginning event number for that set of events.
*
* If there aren't enough user-defined events left, this function
* returns (Uint32)-1
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_RegisterEvents(int numevents);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_events_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_filesystem.h
+136
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_filesystem.h
*
* \brief Include file for filesystem SDL API functions
*/
#ifndef SDL_filesystem_h_
#define SDL_filesystem_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Get the path where the application resides.
*
* Get the "base path". This is the directory where the application was run
* from, which is probably the installation directory, and may or may not
* be the process's current working directory.
*
* This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
* end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
*
* The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
* SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
* memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
* call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
*
* Some platforms can't determine the application's path, and on other
* platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
* return NULL.
*
* \return String of base dir in UTF-8 encoding, or NULL on error.
*
* \sa SDL_GetPrefPath
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetBasePath(void);
/**
* \brief Get the user-and-app-specific path where files can be written.
*
* Get the "pref dir". This is meant to be where users can write personal
* files (preferences and save games, etc) that are specific to your
* application. This directory is unique per user, per application.
*
* This function will decide the appropriate location in the native filesystem,
* create the directory if necessary, and return a string of the absolute
* path to the directory in UTF-8 encoding.
*
* On Windows, the string might look like:
* "C:\\Users\\bob\\AppData\\Roaming\\My Company\\My Program Name\\"
*
* On Linux, the string might look like:
* "/home/bob/.local/share/My Program Name/"
*
* On Mac OS X, the string might look like:
* "/Users/bob/Library/Application Support/My Program Name/"
*
* (etc.)
*
* You specify the name of your organization (if it's not a real organization,
* your name or an Internet domain you own might do) and the name of your
* application. These should be untranslated proper names.
*
* Both the org and app strings may become part of a directory name, so
* please follow these rules:
*
* - Try to use the same org string (including case-sensitivity) for
* all your applications that use this function.
* - Always use a unique app string for each one, and make sure it never
* changes for an app once you've decided on it.
* - Unicode characters are legal, as long as it's UTF-8 encoded, but...
* - ...only use letters, numbers, and spaces. Avoid punctuation like
* "Game Name 2: Bad Guy's Revenge!" ... "Game Name 2" is sufficient.
*
* This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
* end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
*
* The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
* SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
* memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
* call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
*
* You should assume the path returned by this function is the only safe
* place to write files (and that SDL_GetBasePath(), while it might be
* writable, or even the parent of the returned path, aren't where you
* should be writing things).
*
* Some platforms can't determine the pref path, and on other
* platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
* return NULL.
*
* \param org The name of your organization.
* \param app The name of your application.
* \return UTF-8 string of user dir in platform-dependent notation. NULL
* if there's a problem (creating directory failed, etc).
*
* \sa SDL_GetBasePath
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetPrefPath(const char *org, const char *app);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_filesystem_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_gamecontroller.h
+390
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* Include file for SDL game controller event handling
*/
#ifndef SDL_gamecontroller_h_
#define SDL_gamecontroller_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
* with the ::SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
* for game controllers, and load appropriate drivers.
*
* If you would like to receive controller updates while the application
* is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
* SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
*/
/**
* The gamecontroller structure used to identify an SDL game controller
*/
struct _SDL_GameController;
typedef struct _SDL_GameController SDL_GameController;
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE = 0,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_BUTTON,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_AXIS,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_HAT
} SDL_GameControllerBindType;
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button/axis mapping
*/
typedef struct SDL_GameControllerButtonBind
{
SDL_GameControllerBindType bindType;
union
{
int button;
int axis;
struct {
int hat;
int hat_mask;
} hat;
} value;
} SDL_GameControllerButtonBind;
/**
* To count the number of game controllers in the system for the following:
* int nJoysticks = SDL_NumJoysticks();
* int nGameControllers = 0;
* for (int i = 0; i < nJoysticks; i++) {
* if (SDL_IsGameController(i)) {
* nGameControllers++;
* }
* }
*
* Using the SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG hint or the SDL_GameControllerAddMapping() you can add support for controllers SDL is unaware of or cause an existing controller to have a different binding. The format is:
* guid,name,mappings
*
* Where GUID is the string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick ones.
* Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers any XInput devices.
* The mapping format for joystick is:
* bX - a joystick button, index X
* hX.Y - hat X with value Y
* aX - axis X of the joystick
* Buttons can be used as a controller axis and vice versa.
*
* This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller
* "03000000341a00003608000000000000,PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7",
*
*/
/**
* Load a set of mappings from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file), filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
* A community sourced database of controllers is available at https://raw.github.com/gabomdq/SDL_GameControllerDB/master/gamecontrollerdb.txt
*
* If \c freerw is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
*
* \return number of mappings added, -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWops * rw, int freerw);
/**
* Load a set of mappings from a file, filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
*
* Convenience macro.
*/
#define SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile(file) SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
/**
* Add or update an existing mapping configuration
*
* \return 1 if mapping is added, 0 if updated, -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMapping(const char* mappingString);
/**
* Get the number of mappings installed
*
* \return the number of mappings
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNumMappings(void);
/**
* Get the mapping at a particular index.
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free(). Returns NULL if the index is out of range.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForIndex(int mapping_index);
/**
* Get a mapping string for a GUID
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free(). Returns NULL if no mapping is available
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID(SDL_JoystickGUID guid);
/**
* Get a mapping string for an open GameController
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free(). Returns NULL if no mapping is available
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMapping(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
/**
* Is the joystick on this index supported by the game controller interface?
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsGameController(int joystick_index);
/**
* Get the implementation dependent name of a game controller.
* This can be called before any controllers are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(int joystick_index);
/**
* Get the mapping of a game controller.
* This can be called before any controllers are opened.
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free(). Returns NULL if no mapping is available
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForDeviceIndex(int joystick_index);
/**
* Open a game controller for use.
* The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the system.
* This index is not the value which will identify this controller in future
* controller events. The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be
* used there instead.
*
* \return A controller identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerOpen(int joystick_index);
/**
* Return the SDL_GameController associated with an instance id.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
/**
* Return the name for this currently opened controller
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerName(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Get the player index of an opened game controller, or -1 if it's not available
*
* For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Get the USB vendor ID of an opened controller, if available.
* If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetVendor(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
/**
* Get the USB product ID of an opened controller, if available.
* If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProduct(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
/**
* Get the product version of an opened controller, if available.
* If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProductVersion(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
/**
* Returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and currently connected,
* or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAttached(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Get the underlying joystick object used by a controller
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Enable/disable controller event polling.
*
* If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
* information.
*
* The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerEventState(int state);
/**
* Update the current state of the open game controllers.
*
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any game controller
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerUpdate(void);
/**
* The list of axes available from a controller
*
* Thumbstick axis values range from SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MIN to SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX,
* and are centered within ~8000 of zero, though advanced UI will allow users to set
* or autodetect the dead zone, which varies between controllers.
*
* Trigger axis values range from 0 to SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID = -1,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX
} SDL_GameControllerAxis;
/**
* turn this string into a axis mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *pchString);
/**
* turn this axis enum into a string mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
*
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767 (except for the triggers,
* which range from 0 to 32767).
*
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* The list of buttons available from a controller
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID = -1,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX
} SDL_GameControllerButton;
/**
* turn this string into a button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *pchString);
/**
* turn this button enum into a string mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
*
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Trigger a rumble effect
* Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
*
* \param gamecontroller The controller to vibrate
* \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
* \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
* \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
*
* \return 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerRumble(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, Uint16 low_frequency_rumble, Uint16 high_frequency_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
/**
* Close a controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerClose(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_gamecontroller_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_gesture.h
+87
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_gesture.h
*
* Include file for SDL gesture event handling.
*/
#ifndef SDL_gesture_h_
#define SDL_gesture_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_touch.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef Sint64 SDL_GestureID;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Begin Recording a gesture on the specified touch, or all touches (-1)
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RecordGesture(SDL_TouchID touchId);
/**
* \brief Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates(SDL_RWops *dst);
/**
* \brief Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveDollarTemplate(SDL_GestureID gestureId,SDL_RWops *dst);
/**
* \brief Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LoadDollarTemplates(SDL_TouchID touchId, SDL_RWops *src);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_gesture_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_haptic.h
+1238
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_hints.h
+1295
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_joystick.h
+408
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_joystick.h
*
* Include file for SDL joystick event handling
*
* The term "device_index" identifies currently plugged in joystick devices between 0 and SDL_NumJoysticks(), with the exact joystick
* behind a device_index changing as joysticks are plugged and unplugged.
*
* The term "instance_id" is the current instantiation of a joystick device in the system, if the joystick is removed and then re-inserted
* then it will get a new instance_id, instance_id's are monotonically increasing identifiers of a joystick plugged in.
*
* The term JoystickGUID is a stable 128-bit identifier for a joystick device that does not change over time, it identifies class of
* the device (a X360 wired controller for example). This identifier is platform dependent.
*
*
*/
#ifndef SDL_joystick_h_
#define SDL_joystick_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_joystick.h
*
* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
* with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
* for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
*
* If you would like to receive joystick updates while the application
* is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
* SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
*/
/**
* The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick
*/
struct _SDL_Joystick;
typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
/* A structure that encodes the stable unique id for a joystick device */
typedef struct {
Uint8 data[16];
} SDL_JoystickGUID;
/**
* This is a unique ID for a joystick for the time it is connected to the system,
* and is never reused for the lifetime of the application. If the joystick is
* disconnected and reconnected, it will get a new ID.
*
* The ID value starts at 0 and increments from there. The value -1 is an invalid ID.
*/
typedef Sint32 SDL_JoystickID;
typedef enum
{
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_GAMECONTROLLER,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_WHEEL,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_ARCADE_STICK,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_FLIGHT_STICK,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_DANCE_PAD,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_GUITAR,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_DRUM_KIT,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_ARCADE_PAD,
SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_THROTTLE
} SDL_JoystickType;
typedef enum
{
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_UNKNOWN = -1,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_EMPTY, /* <= 5% */
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_LOW, /* <= 20% */
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MEDIUM, /* <= 70% */
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_FULL, /* <= 100% */
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_WIRED,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MAX
} SDL_JoystickPowerLevel;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* Locking for multi-threaded access to the joystick API
*
* If you are using the joystick API or handling events from multiple threads
* you should use these locking functions to protect access to the joysticks.
*
* In particular, you are guaranteed that the joystick list won't change, so
* the API functions that take a joystick index will be valid, and joystick
* and game controller events will not be delivered.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockJoysticks(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockJoysticks(void);
/**
* Count the number of joysticks attached to the system right now
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
/**
* Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
/**
* Get the player index of a joystick, or -1 if it's not available
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDevicePlayerIndex(int device_index);
/**
* Return the GUID for the joystick at this index
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID(int device_index);
/**
* Get the USB vendor ID of a joystick, if available.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceVendor(int device_index);
/**
* Get the USB product ID of a joystick, if available.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProduct(int device_index);
/**
* Get the product version of a joystick, if available.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProductVersion(int device_index);
/**
* Get the type of a joystick, if available.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceType(int device_index);
/**
* Get the instance ID of a joystick.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If the index is out of range, this function will return -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceInstanceID(int device_index);
/**
* Open a joystick for use.
* The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th joystick on the system.
* This index is not the value which will identify this joystick in future
* joystick events. The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be used
* there instead.
*
* \return A joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
/**
* Return the SDL_Joystick associated with an instance id.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
/**
* Return the name for this currently opened joystick.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the player index of an opened joystick, or -1 if it's not available
*
* For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetPlayerIndex(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return the GUID for this opened joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the USB vendor ID of an opened joystick, if available.
* If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetVendor(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the USB product ID of an opened joystick, if available.
* If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProduct(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the product version of an opened joystick, if available.
* If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProductVersion(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the type of an opened joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetType(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return a string representation for this guid. pszGUID must point to at least 33 bytes
* (32 for the string plus a NULL terminator).
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGUID guid, char *pszGUID, int cbGUID);
/**
* Convert a string into a joystick guid
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString(const char *pchGUID);
/**
* Returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened and currently connected, or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAttached(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the instance ID of an opened joystick or -1 if the joystick is invalid.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
*
* Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
* with them and their state cannot be polled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Update the current state of the open joysticks.
*
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
/**
* Enable/disable joystick event polling.
*
* If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
* information.
*
* The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX 32767
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MIN -32768
/**
* Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
*
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
*
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int axis);
/**
* Get the initial state of an axis control on a joystick.
*
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
*
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if this axis has any initial value, or SDL_FALSE if not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxisInitialState(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int axis, Sint16 *state);
/**
* \name Hat positions
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED 0x00
#define SDL_HAT_UP 0x01
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT 0x02
#define SDL_HAT_DOWN 0x04
#define SDL_HAT_LEFT 0x08
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
/* @} */
/**
* Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
*
* The hat indices start at index 0.
*
* \return The return value is one of the following positions:
* - ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED
* - ::SDL_HAT_UP
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
* - ::SDL_HAT_DOWN
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFT
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int hat);
/**
* Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
*
* \return 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
*
* The ball indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
/**
* Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
*
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int button);
/**
* Trigger a rumble effect
* Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
*
* \param joystick The joystick to vibrate
* \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
* \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
* \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
*
* \return 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickRumble(SDL_Joystick * joystick, Uint16 low_frequency_rumble, Uint16 high_frequency_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
/**
* Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return the battery level of this joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickPowerLevel SDLCALL SDL_JoystickCurrentPowerLevel(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_joystick_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_keyboard.h
+217
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_keyboard.h
*
* Include file for SDL keyboard event handling
*/
#ifndef SDL_keyboard_h_
#define SDL_keyboard_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_keycode.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The SDL keysym structure, used in key events.
*
* \note If you are looking for translated character input, see the ::SDL_TEXTINPUT event.
*/
typedef struct SDL_Keysym
{
SDL_Scancode scancode; /**< SDL physical key code - see ::SDL_Scancode for details */
SDL_Keycode sym; /**< SDL virtual key code - see ::SDL_Keycode for details */
Uint16 mod; /**< current key modifiers */
Uint32 unused;
} SDL_Keysym;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the window which currently has keyboard focus.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(void);
/**
* \brief Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
*
* \param numkeys if non-NULL, receives the length of the returned array.
*
* \return An array of key states. Indexes into this array are obtained by using ::SDL_Scancode values.
*
* \b Example:
* \code
* const Uint8 *state = SDL_GetKeyboardState(NULL);
* if ( state[SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN] ) {
* printf("<RETURN> is pressed.\n");
* }
* \endcode
*/
extern DECLSPEC const Uint8 *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardState(int *numkeys);
/**
* \brief Get the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keymod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
/**
* \brief Set the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
*
* \note This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDL_Keymod modstate);
/**
* \brief Get the key code corresponding to the given scancode according
* to the current keyboard layout.
*
* See ::SDL_Keycode for details.
*
* \sa SDL_GetKeyName()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromScancode(SDL_Scancode scancode);
/**
* \brief Get the scancode corresponding to the given key code according to the
* current keyboard layout.
*
* See ::SDL_Scancode for details.
*
* \sa SDL_GetScancodeName()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromKey(SDL_Keycode key);
/**
* \brief Get a human-readable name for a scancode.
*
* \return A pointer to the name for the scancode.
* If the scancode doesn't have a name, this function returns
* an empty string ("").
*
* \sa SDL_Scancode
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeName(SDL_Scancode scancode);
/**
* \brief Get a scancode from a human-readable name
*
* \return scancode, or SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
*
* \sa SDL_Scancode
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromName(const char *name);
/**
* \brief Get a human-readable name for a key.
*
* \return A pointer to a UTF-8 string that stays valid at least until the next
* call to this function. If you need it around any longer, you must
* copy it. If the key doesn't have a name, this function returns an
* empty string ("").
*
* \sa SDL_Keycode
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDL_Keycode key);
/**
* \brief Get a key code from a human-readable name
*
* \return key code, or SDLK_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
*
* \sa SDL_Keycode
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromName(const char *name);
/**
* \brief Start accepting Unicode text input events.
* This function will show the on-screen keyboard if supported.
*
* \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
* \sa SDL_SetTextInputRect()
* \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StartTextInput(void);
/**
* \brief Return whether or not Unicode text input events are enabled.
*
* \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
* \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTextInputActive(void);
/**
* \brief Stop receiving any text input events.
* This function will hide the on-screen keyboard if supported.
*
* \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
* \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StopTextInput(void);
/**
* \brief Set the rectangle used to type Unicode text inputs.
* This is used as a hint for IME and on-screen keyboard placement.
*
* \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetTextInputRect(SDL_Rect *rect);
/**
* \brief Returns whether the platform has some screen keyboard support.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if some keyboard support is available else SDL_FALSE.
*
* \note Not all screen keyboard functions are supported on all platforms.
*
* \sa SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport(void);
/**
* \brief Returns whether the screen keyboard is shown for given window.
*
* \param window The window for which screen keyboard should be queried.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if screen keyboard is shown else SDL_FALSE.
*
* \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown(SDL_Window *window);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_keyboard_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_keycode.h
+349
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_keycode.h
*
* Defines constants which identify keyboard keys and modifiers.
*/
#ifndef SDL_keycode_h_
#define SDL_keycode_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_scancode.h"
/**
* \brief The SDL virtual key representation.
*
* Values of this type are used to represent keyboard keys using the current
* layout of the keyboard. These values include Unicode values representing
* the unmodified character that would be generated by pressing the key, or
* an SDLK_* constant for those keys that do not generate characters.
*
* A special exception is the number keys at the top of the keyboard which
* always map to SDLK_0...SDLK_9, regardless of layout.
*/
typedef Sint32 SDL_Keycode;
#define SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK (1<<30)
#define SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(X) (X | SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK)
typedef enum
{
SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0,
SDLK_RETURN = '\r',
SDLK_ESCAPE = '\033',
SDLK_BACKSPACE = '\b',
SDLK_TAB = '\t',
SDLK_SPACE = ' ',
SDLK_EXCLAIM = '!',
SDLK_QUOTEDBL = '"',
SDLK_HASH = '#',
SDLK_PERCENT = '%',
SDLK_DOLLAR = '$',
SDLK_AMPERSAND = '&',
SDLK_QUOTE = '\'',
SDLK_LEFTPAREN = '(',
SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = ')',
SDLK_ASTERISK = '*',
SDLK_PLUS = '+',
SDLK_COMMA = ',',
SDLK_MINUS = '-',
SDLK_PERIOD = '.',
SDLK_SLASH = '/',
SDLK_0 = '0',
SDLK_1 = '1',
SDLK_2 = '2',
SDLK_3 = '3',
SDLK_4 = '4',
SDLK_5 = '5',
SDLK_6 = '6',
SDLK_7 = '7',
SDLK_8 = '8',
SDLK_9 = '9',
SDLK_COLON = ':',
SDLK_SEMICOLON = ';',
SDLK_LESS = '<',
SDLK_EQUALS = '=',
SDLK_GREATER = '>',
SDLK_QUESTION = '?',
SDLK_AT = '@',
/*
Skip uppercase letters
*/
SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = '[',
SDLK_BACKSLASH = '\\',
SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = ']',
SDLK_CARET = '^',
SDLK_UNDERSCORE = '_',
SDLK_BACKQUOTE = '`',
SDLK_a = 'a',
SDLK_b = 'b',
SDLK_c = 'c',
SDLK_d = 'd',
SDLK_e = 'e',
SDLK_f = 'f',
SDLK_g = 'g',
SDLK_h = 'h',
SDLK_i = 'i',
SDLK_j = 'j',
SDLK_k = 'k',
SDLK_l = 'l',
SDLK_m = 'm',
SDLK_n = 'n',
SDLK_o = 'o',
SDLK_p = 'p',
SDLK_q = 'q',
SDLK_r = 'r',
SDLK_s = 's',
SDLK_t = 't',
SDLK_u = 'u',
SDLK_v = 'v',
SDLK_w = 'w',
SDLK_x = 'x',
SDLK_y = 'y',
SDLK_z = 'z',
SDLK_CAPSLOCK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CAPSLOCK),
SDLK_F1 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F1),
SDLK_F2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F2),
SDLK_F3 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F3),
SDLK_F4 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F4),
SDLK_F5 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F5),
SDLK_F6 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F6),
SDLK_F7 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F7),
SDLK_F8 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F8),
SDLK_F9 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F9),
SDLK_F10 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F10),
SDLK_F11 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F11),
SDLK_F12 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F12),
SDLK_PRINTSCREEN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PRINTSCREEN),
SDLK_SCROLLLOCK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SCROLLLOCK),
SDLK_PAUSE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAUSE),
SDLK_INSERT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT),
SDLK_HOME = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_HOME),
SDLK_PAGEUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP),
SDLK_DELETE = '\177',
SDLK_END = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_END),
SDLK_PAGEDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN),
SDLK_RIGHT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT),
SDLK_LEFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT),
SDLK_DOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN),
SDLK_UP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_UP),
SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_NUMLOCKCLEAR),
SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE),
SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY),
SDLK_KP_MINUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS),
SDLK_KP_PLUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS),
SDLK_KP_ENTER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER),
SDLK_KP_1 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1),
SDLK_KP_2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2),
SDLK_KP_3 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3),
SDLK_KP_4 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4),
SDLK_KP_5 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5),
SDLK_KP_6 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6),
SDLK_KP_7 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7),
SDLK_KP_8 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8),
SDLK_KP_9 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9),
SDLK_KP_0 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0),
SDLK_KP_PERIOD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD),
SDLK_APPLICATION = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_APPLICATION),
SDLK_POWER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_POWER),
SDLK_KP_EQUALS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS),
SDLK_F13 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F13),
SDLK_F14 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F14),
SDLK_F15 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F15),
SDLK_F16 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F16),
SDLK_F17 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F17),
SDLK_F18 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F18),
SDLK_F19 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F19),
SDLK_F20 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F20),
SDLK_F21 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F21),
SDLK_F22 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F22),
SDLK_F23 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F23),
SDLK_F24 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F24),
SDLK_EXECUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EXECUTE),
SDLK_HELP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_HELP),
SDLK_MENU = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MENU),
SDLK_SELECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SELECT),
SDLK_STOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_STOP),
SDLK_AGAIN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AGAIN),
SDLK_UNDO = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_UNDO),
SDLK_CUT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CUT),
SDLK_COPY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_COPY),
SDLK_PASTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PASTE),
SDLK_FIND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_FIND),
SDLK_MUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MUTE),
SDLK_VOLUMEUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEUP),
SDLK_VOLUMEDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEDOWN),
SDLK_KP_COMMA = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COMMA),
SDLK_KP_EQUALSAS400 =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALSAS400),
SDLK_ALTERASE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_ALTERASE),
SDLK_SYSREQ = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SYSREQ),
SDLK_CANCEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CANCEL),
SDLK_CLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CLEAR),
SDLK_PRIOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PRIOR),
SDLK_RETURN2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2),
SDLK_SEPARATOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SEPARATOR),
SDLK_OUT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_OUT),
SDLK_OPER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_OPER),
SDLK_CLEARAGAIN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CLEARAGAIN),
SDLK_CRSEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CRSEL),
SDLK_EXSEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EXSEL),
SDLK_KP_00 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_00),
SDLK_KP_000 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_000),
SDLK_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR),
SDLK_DECIMALSEPARATOR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DECIMALSEPARATOR),
SDLK_CURRENCYUNIT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYUNIT),
SDLK_CURRENCYSUBUNIT =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYSUBUNIT),
SDLK_KP_LEFTPAREN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTPAREN),
SDLK_KP_RIGHTPAREN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTPAREN),
SDLK_KP_LEFTBRACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTBRACE),
SDLK_KP_RIGHTBRACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTBRACE),
SDLK_KP_TAB = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_TAB),
SDLK_KP_BACKSPACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE),
SDLK_KP_A = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_A),
SDLK_KP_B = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_B),
SDLK_KP_C = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_C),
SDLK_KP_D = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_D),
SDLK_KP_E = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_E),
SDLK_KP_F = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_F),
SDLK_KP_XOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_XOR),
SDLK_KP_POWER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_POWER),
SDLK_KP_PERCENT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERCENT),
SDLK_KP_LESS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LESS),
SDLK_KP_GREATER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_GREATER),
SDLK_KP_AMPERSAND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AMPERSAND),
SDLK_KP_DBLAMPERSAND =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLAMPERSAND),
SDLK_KP_VERTICALBAR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_VERTICALBAR),
SDLK_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR),
SDLK_KP_COLON = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COLON),
SDLK_KP_HASH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HASH),
SDLK_KP_SPACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_SPACE),
SDLK_KP_AT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AT),
SDLK_KP_EXCLAM = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EXCLAM),
SDLK_KP_MEMSTORE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSTORE),
SDLK_KP_MEMRECALL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMRECALL),
SDLK_KP_MEMCLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMCLEAR),
SDLK_KP_MEMADD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMADD),
SDLK_KP_MEMSUBTRACT =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSUBTRACT),
SDLK_KP_MEMMULTIPLY =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMMULTIPLY),
SDLK_KP_MEMDIVIDE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMDIVIDE),
SDLK_KP_PLUSMINUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUSMINUS),
SDLK_KP_CLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEAR),
SDLK_KP_CLEARENTRY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEARENTRY),
SDLK_KP_BINARY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BINARY),
SDLK_KP_OCTAL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_OCTAL),
SDLK_KP_DECIMAL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DECIMAL),
SDLK_KP_HEXADECIMAL =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HEXADECIMAL),
SDLK_LCTRL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LCTRL),
SDLK_LSHIFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LSHIFT),
SDLK_LALT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LALT),
SDLK_LGUI = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI),
SDLK_RCTRL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RCTRL),
SDLK_RSHIFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RSHIFT),
SDLK_RALT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RALT),
SDLK_RGUI = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RGUI),
SDLK_MODE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MODE),
SDLK_AUDIONEXT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIONEXT),
SDLK_AUDIOPREV = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPREV),
SDLK_AUDIOSTOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOSTOP),
SDLK_AUDIOPLAY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPLAY),
SDLK_AUDIOMUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOMUTE),
SDLK_MEDIASELECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MEDIASELECT),
SDLK_WWW = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_WWW),
SDLK_MAIL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MAIL),
SDLK_CALCULATOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CALCULATOR),
SDLK_COMPUTER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_COMPUTER),
SDLK_AC_SEARCH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_SEARCH),
SDLK_AC_HOME = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_HOME),
SDLK_AC_BACK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK),
SDLK_AC_FORWARD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_FORWARD),
SDLK_AC_STOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_STOP),
SDLK_AC_REFRESH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_REFRESH),
SDLK_AC_BOOKMARKS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BOOKMARKS),
SDLK_BRIGHTNESSDOWN =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSDOWN),
SDLK_BRIGHTNESSUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSUP),
SDLK_DISPLAYSWITCH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DISPLAYSWITCH),
SDLK_KBDILLUMTOGGLE =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMTOGGLE),
SDLK_KBDILLUMDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMDOWN),
SDLK_KBDILLUMUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMUP),
SDLK_EJECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EJECT),
SDLK_SLEEP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SLEEP),
SDLK_APP1 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_APP1),
SDLK_APP2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_APP2),
SDLK_AUDIOREWIND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOREWIND),
SDLK_AUDIOFASTFORWARD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOFASTFORWARD)
} SDL_KeyCode;
/**
* \brief Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together).
*/
typedef enum
{
KMOD_NONE = 0x0000,
KMOD_LSHIFT = 0x0001,
KMOD_RSHIFT = 0x0002,
KMOD_LCTRL = 0x0040,
KMOD_RCTRL = 0x0080,
KMOD_LALT = 0x0100,
KMOD_RALT = 0x0200,
KMOD_LGUI = 0x0400,
KMOD_RGUI = 0x0800,
KMOD_NUM = 0x1000,
KMOD_CAPS = 0x2000,
KMOD_MODE = 0x4000,
KMOD_RESERVED = 0x8000
} SDL_Keymod;
#define KMOD_CTRL (KMOD_LCTRL|KMOD_RCTRL)
#define KMOD_SHIFT (KMOD_LSHIFT|KMOD_RSHIFT)
#define KMOD_ALT (KMOD_LALT|KMOD_RALT)
#define KMOD_GUI (KMOD_LGUI|KMOD_RGUI)
#endif /* SDL_keycode_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_loadso.h
+81
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_loadso.h
*
* System dependent library loading routines
*
* Some things to keep in mind:
* \li These functions only work on C function names. Other languages may
* have name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from
* compiler to compiler.
* \li Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
* convention as the actual library function. Your code will crash
* mysteriously if you do not do this.
* \li Avoid namespace collisions. If you load a symbol from the library,
* it is not defined whether or not it goes into the global symbol
* namespace for the application. If it does and it conflicts with
* symbols in your code or other shared libraries, you will not get
* the results you expect. :)
*/
#ifndef SDL_loadso_h_
#define SDL_loadso_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
* to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
* The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
/**
* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
* named function in the shared object and returns it. This address
* is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle,
const char *name);
/**
* Unload a shared object from memory.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_loadso_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_log.h
+211
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_log.h
*
* Simple log messages with categories and priorities.
*
* By default logs are quiet, but if you're debugging SDL you might want:
*
* SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN);
*
* Here's where the messages go on different platforms:
* Windows: debug output stream
* Android: log output
* Others: standard error output (stderr)
*/
#ifndef SDL_log_h_
#define SDL_log_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The maximum size of a log message
*
* Messages longer than the maximum size will be truncated
*/
#define SDL_MAX_LOG_MESSAGE 4096
/**
* \brief The predefined log categories
*
* By default the application category is enabled at the INFO level,
* the assert category is enabled at the WARN level, test is enabled
* at the VERBOSE level and all other categories are enabled at the
* CRITICAL level.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ERROR,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ASSERT,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_SYSTEM,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_AUDIO,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_VIDEO,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RENDER,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_INPUT,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_TEST,
/* Reserved for future SDL library use */
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED1,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED2,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED3,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED4,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED5,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED6,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED7,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED8,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED9,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED10,
/* Beyond this point is reserved for application use, e.g.
enum {
MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME1 = SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM,
MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME2,
MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME3,
...
};
*/
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM
} SDL_LogCategory;
/**
* \brief The predefined log priorities
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE = 1,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL,
SDL_NUM_LOG_PRIORITIES
} SDL_LogPriority;
/**
* \brief Set the priority of all log categories
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LogPriority priority);
/**
* \brief Set the priority of a particular log category
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetPriority(int category,
SDL_LogPriority priority);
/**
* \brief Get the priority of a particular log category
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_LogPriority SDLCALL SDL_LogGetPriority(int category);
/**
* \brief Reset all priorities to default.
*
* \note This is called in SDL_Quit().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogResetPriorities(void);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION and SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Log(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogVerbose(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogDebug(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogInfo(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogWarn(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogError(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogCritical(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
/**
* \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessage(int category,
SDL_LogPriority priority,
SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(3);
/**
* \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessageV(int category,
SDL_LogPriority priority,
const char *fmt, va_list ap);
/**
* \brief The prototype for the log output function
*/
typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_LogOutputFunction)(void *userdata, int category, SDL_LogPriority priority, const char *message);
/**
* \brief Get the current log output function.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogGetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction *callback, void **userdata);
/**
* \brief This function allows you to replace the default log output
* function with one of your own.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction callback, void *userdata);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_log_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_main.h
+180
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_main_h_
#define SDL_main_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/**
* \file SDL_main.h
*
* Redefine main() on some platforms so that it is called by SDL.
*/
#ifndef SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
#if defined(__WIN32__)
/* On Windows SDL provides WinMain(), which parses the command line and passes
the arguments to your main function.
If you provide your own WinMain(), you may define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE
#elif defined(__WINRT__)
/* On WinRT, SDL provides a main function that initializes CoreApplication,
creating an instance of IFrameworkView in the process.
Please note that #include'ing SDL_main.h is not enough to get a main()
function working. In non-XAML apps, the file,
src/main/winrt/SDL_WinRT_main_NonXAML.cpp, or a copy of it, must be compiled
into the app itself. In XAML apps, the function, SDL_WinRTRunApp must be
called, with a pointer to the Direct3D-hosted XAML control passed in.
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
/* On iOS SDL provides a main function that creates an application delegate
and starts the iOS application run loop.
If you link with SDL dynamically on iOS, the main function can't be in a
shared library, so you need to link with libSDLmain.a, which includes a
stub main function that calls into the shared library to start execution.
See src/video/uikit/SDL_uikitappdelegate.m for more details.
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
/* On Android SDL provides a Java class in SDLActivity.java that is the
main activity entry point.
See docs/README-android.md for more details on extending that class.
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
/* We need to export SDL_main so it can be launched from Java */
#define SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC DECLSPEC
#elif defined(__NACL__)
/* On NACL we use ppapi_simple to set up the application helper code,
then wait for the first PSE_INSTANCE_DIDCHANGEVIEW event before
starting the user main function.
All user code is run in a separate thread by ppapi_simple, thus
allowing for blocking io to take place via nacl_io
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
#endif
#endif /* SDL_MAIN_HANDLED */
#ifndef SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC
#define SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_main.h
*
* The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
* and should be declared like this:
* \code
* #ifdef __cplusplus
* extern "C"
* #endif
* int main(int argc, char *argv[])
* {
* }
* \endcode
*/
#if defined(SDL_MAIN_NEEDED) || defined(SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE)
#define main SDL_main
#endif
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* The prototype for the application's main() function
*/
typedef int (*SDL_main_func)(int argc, char *argv[]);
extern SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
/**
* This is called by the real SDL main function to let the rest of the
* library know that initialization was done properly.
*
* Calling this yourself without knowing what you're doing can cause
* crashes and hard to diagnose problems with your application.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetMainReady(void);
#ifdef __WIN32__
/**
* This can be called to set the application class at startup
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style, void *hInst);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnregisterApp(void);
#endif /* __WIN32__ */
#ifdef __WINRT__
/**
* \brief Initializes and launches an SDL/WinRT application.
*
* \param mainFunction The SDL app's C-style main().
* \param reserved Reserved for future use; should be NULL
* \return 0 on success, -1 on failure. On failure, use SDL_GetError to retrieve more
* information on the failure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WinRTRunApp(SDL_main_func mainFunction, void * reserved);
#endif /* __WINRT__ */
#if defined(__IPHONEOS__)
/**
* \brief Initializes and launches an SDL application.
*
* \param argc The argc parameter from the application's main() function
* \param argv The argv parameter from the application's main() function
* \param mainFunction The SDL app's C-style main().
* \return the return value from mainFunction
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UIKitRunApp(int argc, char *argv[], SDL_main_func mainFunction);
#endif /* __IPHONEOS__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_main_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_messagebox.h
+146
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_messagebox_h_
#define SDL_messagebox_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_video.h" /* For SDL_Window */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief SDL_MessageBox flags. If supported will display warning icon, etc.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR = 0x00000010, /**< error dialog */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_WARNING = 0x00000020, /**< warning dialog */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_INFORMATION = 0x00000040, /**< informational dialog */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTONS_LEFT_TO_RIGHT = 0x00000080, /**< buttons placed left to right */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTONS_RIGHT_TO_LEFT = 0x00000100 /**< buttons placed right to left */
} SDL_MessageBoxFlags;
/**
* \brief Flags for SDL_MessageBoxButtonData.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_RETURNKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000001, /**< Marks the default button when return is hit */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_ESCAPEKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000002 /**< Marks the default button when escape is hit */
} SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags;
/**
* \brief Individual button data.
*/
typedef struct
{
Uint32 flags; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags */
int buttonid; /**< User defined button id (value returned via SDL_ShowMessageBox) */
const char * text; /**< The UTF-8 button text */
} SDL_MessageBoxButtonData;
/**
* \brief RGB value used in a message box color scheme
*/
typedef struct
{
Uint8 r, g, b;
} SDL_MessageBoxColor;
typedef enum
{
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BACKGROUND,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_TEXT,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BORDER,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BACKGROUND,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_SELECTED,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX
} SDL_MessageBoxColorType;
/**
* \brief A set of colors to use for message box dialogs
*/
typedef struct
{
SDL_MessageBoxColor colors[SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX];
} SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme;
/**
* \brief MessageBox structure containing title, text, window, etc.
*/
typedef struct
{
Uint32 flags; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags */
SDL_Window *window; /**< Parent window, can be NULL */
const char *title; /**< UTF-8 title */
const char *message; /**< UTF-8 message text */
int numbuttons;
const SDL_MessageBoxButtonData *buttons;
const SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme *colorScheme; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme, can be NULL to use system settings */
} SDL_MessageBoxData;
/**
* \brief Create a modal message box.
*
* \param messageboxdata The SDL_MessageBoxData structure with title, text, etc.
* \param buttonid The pointer to which user id of hit button should be copied.
*
* \return -1 on error, otherwise 0 and buttonid contains user id of button
* hit or -1 if dialog was closed.
*
* \note This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
* window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent. It will
* block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or
* closes the messagebox.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowMessageBox(const SDL_MessageBoxData *messageboxdata, int *buttonid);
/**
* \brief Create a simple modal message box
*
* \param flags ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags
* \param title UTF-8 title text
* \param message UTF-8 message text
* \param window The parent window, or NULL for no parent
*
* \return 0 on success, -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_ShowMessageBox
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(Uint32 flags, const char *title, const char *message, SDL_Window *window);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_messagebox_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_metal.h
+91
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_metal.h
*
* Header file for functions to creating Metal layers and views on SDL windows.
*/
#ifndef SDL_metal_h_
#define SDL_metal_h_
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief A handle to a CAMetalLayer-backed NSView (macOS) or UIView (iOS/tvOS).
*
* \note This can be cast directly to an NSView or UIView.
*/
typedef void *SDL_MetalView;
/**
* \name Metal support functions
*/
/* @{ */
/**
* \brief Create a CAMetalLayer-backed NSView/UIView and attach it to the
* specified window.
*
* On macOS, this does *not* associate a MTLDevice with the CAMetalLayer on its
* own. It is up to user code to do that.
*
* The returned handle can be casted directly to a NSView or UIView, and the
* CAMetalLayer can be accessed from the view's 'layer' property.
*
* \code
* SDL_MetalView metalview = SDL_Metal_CreateView(window);
* UIView *uiview = (__bridge UIView *)metalview;
* CAMetalLayer *metallayer = (CAMetalLayer *)uiview.layer;
* // [...]
* SDL_Metal_DestroyView(metalview);
* \endcode
*
* \sa SDL_Metal_DestroyView
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_MetalView SDLCALL SDL_Metal_CreateView(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Destroy an existing SDL_MetalView object.
*
* This should be called before SDL_DestroyWindow, if SDL_Metal_CreateView was
* called after SDL_CreateWindow.
*
* \sa SDL_Metal_CreateView
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Metal_DestroyView(SDL_MetalView view);
/* @} *//* Metal support functions */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_metal_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_mouse.h
+302
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_mouse.h
*
* Include file for SDL mouse event handling.
*/
#ifndef SDL_mouse_h_
#define SDL_mouse_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef struct SDL_Cursor SDL_Cursor; /**< Implementation dependent */
/**
* \brief Cursor types for SDL_CreateSystemCursor().
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW, /**< Arrow */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM, /**< I-beam */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAIT, /**< Wait */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR, /**< Crosshair */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAITARROW, /**< Small wait cursor (or Wait if not available) */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE, /**< Double arrow pointing northwest and southeast */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW, /**< Double arrow pointing northeast and southwest */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE, /**< Double arrow pointing west and east */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS, /**< Double arrow pointing north and south */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL, /**< Four pointed arrow pointing north, south, east, and west */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO, /**< Slashed circle or crossbones */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND, /**< Hand */
SDL_NUM_SYSTEM_CURSORS
} SDL_SystemCursor;
/**
* \brief Scroll direction types for the Scroll event
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_NORMAL, /**< The scroll direction is normal */
SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_FLIPPED /**< The scroll direction is flipped / natural */
} SDL_MouseWheelDirection;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the window which currently has mouse focus.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseFocus(void);
/**
* \brief Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
*
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* mouse cursor position relative to the focus window for the currently
* selected mouse. You can pass NULL for either x or y.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/**
* \brief Get the current state of the mouse, in relation to the desktop
*
* This works just like SDL_GetMouseState(), but the coordinates will be
* reported relative to the top-left of the desktop. This can be useful if
* you need to track the mouse outside of a specific window and
* SDL_CaptureMouse() doesn't fit your needs. For example, it could be
* useful if you need to track the mouse while dragging a window, where
* coordinates relative to a window might not be in sync at all times.
*
* \note SDL_GetMouseState() returns the mouse position as SDL understands
* it from the last pump of the event queue. This function, however,
* queries the OS for the current mouse position, and as such, might
* be a slightly less efficient function. Unless you know what you're
* doing and have a good reason to use this function, you probably want
* SDL_GetMouseState() instead.
*
* \param x Returns the current X coord, relative to the desktop. Can be NULL.
* \param y Returns the current Y coord, relative to the desktop. Can be NULL.
* \return The current button state as a bitmask, which can be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros.
*
* \sa SDL_GetMouseState
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/**
* \brief Retrieve the relative state of the mouse.
*
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/**
* \brief Moves the mouse to the given position within the window.
*
* \param window The window to move the mouse into, or NULL for the current mouse focus
* \param x The x coordinate within the window
* \param y The y coordinate within the window
*
* \note This function generates a mouse motion event
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(SDL_Window * window,
int x, int y);
/**
* \brief Moves the mouse to the given position in global screen space.
*
* \param x The x coordinate
* \param y The y coordinate
* \return 0 on success, -1 on error (usually: unsupported by a platform).
*
* \note This function generates a mouse motion event
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseGlobal(int x, int y);
/**
* \brief Set relative mouse mode.
*
* \param enabled Whether or not to enable relative mode
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if relative mode is not supported.
*
* While the mouse is in relative mode, the cursor is hidden, and the
* driver will try to report continuous motion in the current window.
* Only relative motion events will be delivered, the mouse position
* will not change.
*
* \note This function will flush any pending mouse motion.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_bool enabled);
/**
* \brief Capture the mouse, to track input outside an SDL window.
*
* \param enabled Whether or not to enable capturing
*
* Capturing enables your app to obtain mouse events globally, instead of
* just within your window. Not all video targets support this function.
* When capturing is enabled, the current window will get all mouse events,
* but unlike relative mode, no change is made to the cursor and it is
* not restrained to your window.
*
* This function may also deny mouse input to other windows--both those in
* your application and others on the system--so you should use this
* function sparingly, and in small bursts. For example, you might want to
* track the mouse while the user is dragging something, until the user
* releases a mouse button. It is not recommended that you capture the mouse
* for long periods of time, such as the entire time your app is running.
*
* While captured, mouse events still report coordinates relative to the
* current (foreground) window, but those coordinates may be outside the
* bounds of the window (including negative values). Capturing is only
* allowed for the foreground window. If the window loses focus while
* capturing, the capture will be disabled automatically.
*
* While capturing is enabled, the current window will have the
* SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_CAPTURE flag set.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if not supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CaptureMouse(SDL_bool enabled);
/**
* \brief Query whether relative mouse mode is enabled.
*
* \sa SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode(void);
/**
* \brief Create a cursor, using the specified bitmap data and
* mask (in MSB format).
*
* The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
*
* The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
* <table>
* <tr><td> data </td><td> mask </td><td> resulting pixel on screen </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 0 </td><td> 1 </td><td> White </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 1 </td><td> 1 </td><td> Black </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 0 </td><td> 0 </td><td> Transparent </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 1 </td><td> 0 </td><td> Inverted color if possible, black
* if not. </td></tr>
* </table>
*
* \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor(const Uint8 * data,
const Uint8 * mask,
int w, int h, int hot_x,
int hot_y);
/**
* \brief Create a color cursor.
*
* \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateColorCursor(SDL_Surface *surface,
int hot_x,
int hot_y);
/**
* \brief Create a system cursor.
*
* \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SystemCursor id);
/**
* \brief Set the active cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
/**
* \brief Return the active cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
/**
* \brief Return the default cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultCursor(void);
/**
* \brief Frees a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor() or similar functions.
*
* \sa SDL_CreateCursor()
* \sa SDL_CreateColorCursor()
* \sa SDL_CreateSystemCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
/**
* \brief Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown.
*
* \param toggle 1 to show the cursor, 0 to hide it, -1 to query the current
* state.
*
* \return 1 if the cursor is shown, or 0 if the cursor is hidden.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
/**
* Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate.
* - Button 1: Left mouse button
* - Button 2: Middle mouse button
* - Button 3: Right mouse button
*/
#define SDL_BUTTON(X) (1 << ((X)-1))
#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT 1
#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE 2
#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT 3
#define SDL_BUTTON_X1 4
#define SDL_BUTTON_X2 5
#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
#define SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X1)
#define SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X2)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_mouse_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_mutex.h
+251
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_mutex_h_
#define SDL_mutex_h_
/**
* \file SDL_mutex.h
*
* Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
* if they time out.
*/
#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT 1
/**
* This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out.
*/
#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT (~(Uint32)0)
/**
* \name Mutex functions
*/
/* @{ */
/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_sysmutex.c */
struct SDL_mutex;
typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
/**
* Create a mutex, initialized unlocked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex *SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
/**
* Lock the mutex.
*
* \return 0, or -1 on error.
*/
#define SDL_mutexP(m) SDL_LockMutex(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Try to lock the mutex
*
* \return 0, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TryLockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Unlock the mutex.
*
* \return 0, or -1 on error.
*
* \warning It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by
* the current thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
*/
#define SDL_mutexV(m) SDL_UnlockMutex(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UnlockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Destroy a mutex.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/* @} *//* Mutex functions */
/**
* \name Semaphore functions
*/
/* @{ */
/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_syssem.c */
struct SDL_semaphore;
typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
/**
* Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
/**
* Destroy a semaphore.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
* to by \c sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the
* semaphore count.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait().
*
* \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would
* block, and -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds.
*
* \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not
* succeed in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
*
* \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
* delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem * sem, Uint32 ms);
/**
* Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking).
*
* \return 0, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* Returns the current count of the semaphore.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem * sem);
/* @} *//* Semaphore functions */
/**
* \name Condition variable functions
*/
/* @{ */
/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_syscond.c */
struct SDL_cond;
typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
/**
* Create a condition variable.
*
* Typical use of condition variables:
*
* Thread A:
* SDL_LockMutex(lock);
* while ( ! condition ) {
* SDL_CondWait(cond, lock);
* }
* SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
*
* Thread B:
* SDL_LockMutex(lock);
* ...
* condition = true;
* ...
* SDL_CondSignal(cond);
* SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
*
* There is some discussion whether to signal the condition variable
* with the mutex locked or not. There is some potential performance
* benefit to unlocking first on some platforms, but there are some
* potential race conditions depending on how your code is structured.
*
* In general it's safer to signal the condition variable while the
* mutex is locked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
/**
* Destroy a condition variable.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond * cond);
/**
* Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
*
* \return 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond * cond);
/**
* Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
*
* \return 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond * cond);
/**
* Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
*
* \warning The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
*
* The mutex is re-locked once the condition variable is signaled.
*
* \return 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond * cond, SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Waits for at most \c ms milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
* variable is signaled, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
* signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
*
* \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
* delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond * cond,
SDL_mutex * mutex, Uint32 ms);
/* @} *//* Condition variable functions */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_mutex_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_name.h
+33
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDLname_h_
#define SDLname_h_
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
#define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1
#endif
#define SDL_NAME(X) SDL_##X
#endif /* SDLname_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengl.h
+2183
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengl_glext.h
+11180
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengles.h
+39
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_opengles.h
*
* This is a simple file to encapsulate the OpenGL ES 1.X API headers.
*/
#include "SDL_config.h"
#ifdef __IPHONEOS__
#include <OpenGLES/ES1/gl.h>
#include <OpenGLES/ES1/glext.h>
#else
#include <GLES/gl.h>
#include <GLES/glext.h>
#endif
#ifndef APIENTRY
#define APIENTRY
#endif
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengles2.h
+52
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_opengles2.h
*
* This is a simple file to encapsulate the OpenGL ES 2.0 API headers.
*/
#include "SDL_config.h"
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef __IPHONEOS__
#include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>
#include <OpenGLES/ES2/glext.h>
#else
#include <GLES2/gl2platform.h>
#include <GLES2/gl2.h>
#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
#endif
#else /* _MSC_VER */
/* OpenGL ES2 headers for Visual Studio */
#include "SDL_opengles2_khrplatform.h"
#include "SDL_opengles2_gl2platform.h"
#include "SDL_opengles2_gl2.h"
#include "SDL_opengles2_gl2ext.h"
#endif /* _MSC_VER */
#ifndef APIENTRY
#define APIENTRY GL_APIENTRY
#endif
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengles2_gl2.h
+621
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
#ifndef __gl2_h_
#define __gl2_h_
/* $Revision: 20555 $ on $Date:: 2013-02-12 14:32:47 -0800 #$ */
/*#include <GLES2/gl2platform.h>*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* This document is licensed under the SGI Free Software B License Version
* 2.0. For details, see http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ .
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Data type definitions
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef void GLvoid;
typedef char GLchar;
typedef unsigned int GLenum;
typedef unsigned char GLboolean;
typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;
typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte;
typedef short GLshort;
typedef int GLint;
typedef int GLsizei;
typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte;
typedef unsigned short GLushort;
typedef unsigned int GLuint;
typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat;
typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf;
typedef khronos_int32_t GLfixed;
/* GL types for handling large vertex buffer objects */
typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr;
typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr;
/* OpenGL ES core versions */
#define GL_ES_VERSION_2_0 1
/* ClearBufferMask */
#define GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT 0x00000100
#define GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT 0x00000400
#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT 0x00004000
/* Boolean */
#define GL_FALSE 0
#define GL_TRUE 1
/* BeginMode */
#define GL_POINTS 0x0000
#define GL_LINES 0x0001
#define GL_LINE_LOOP 0x0002
#define GL_LINE_STRIP 0x0003
#define GL_TRIANGLES 0x0004
#define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP 0x0005
#define GL_TRIANGLE_FAN 0x0006
/* AlphaFunction (not supported in ES20) */
/* GL_NEVER */
/* GL_LESS */
/* GL_EQUAL */
/* GL_LEQUAL */
/* GL_GREATER */
/* GL_NOTEQUAL */
/* GL_GEQUAL */
/* GL_ALWAYS */
/* BlendingFactorDest */
#define GL_ZERO 0
#define GL_ONE 1
#define GL_SRC_COLOR 0x0300
#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR 0x0301
#define GL_SRC_ALPHA 0x0302
#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA 0x0303
#define GL_DST_ALPHA 0x0304
#define GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA 0x0305
/* BlendingFactorSrc */
/* GL_ZERO */
/* GL_ONE */
#define GL_DST_COLOR 0x0306
#define GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR 0x0307
#define GL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE 0x0308
/* GL_SRC_ALPHA */
/* GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA */
/* GL_DST_ALPHA */
/* GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA */
/* BlendEquationSeparate */
#define GL_FUNC_ADD 0x8006
#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION 0x8009
#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB 0x8009 /* same as BLEND_EQUATION */
#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA 0x883D
/* BlendSubtract */
#define GL_FUNC_SUBTRACT 0x800A
#define GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT 0x800B
/* Separate Blend Functions */
#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB 0x80C8
#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB 0x80C9
#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA 0x80CA
#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA 0x80CB
#define GL_CONSTANT_COLOR 0x8001
#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR 0x8002
#define GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA 0x8003
#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA 0x8004
#define GL_BLEND_COLOR 0x8005
/* Buffer Objects */
#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8892
#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8893
#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8894
#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8895
#define GL_STREAM_DRAW 0x88E0
#define GL_STATIC_DRAW 0x88E4
#define GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW 0x88E8
#define GL_BUFFER_SIZE 0x8764
#define GL_BUFFER_USAGE 0x8765
#define GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_ATTRIB 0x8626
/* CullFaceMode */
#define GL_FRONT 0x0404
#define GL_BACK 0x0405
#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK 0x0408
/* DepthFunction */
/* GL_NEVER */
/* GL_LESS */
/* GL_EQUAL */
/* GL_LEQUAL */
/* GL_GREATER */
/* GL_NOTEQUAL */
/* GL_GEQUAL */
/* GL_ALWAYS */
/* EnableCap */
#define GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x0DE1
#define GL_CULL_FACE 0x0B44
#define GL_BLEND 0x0BE2
#define GL_DITHER 0x0BD0
#define GL_STENCIL_TEST 0x0B90
#define GL_DEPTH_TEST 0x0B71
#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST 0x0C11
#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL 0x8037
#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE 0x809E
#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE 0x80A0
/* ErrorCode */
#define GL_NO_ERROR 0
#define GL_INVALID_ENUM 0x0500
#define GL_INVALID_VALUE 0x0501
#define GL_INVALID_OPERATION 0x0502
#define GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0x0505
/* FrontFaceDirection */
#define GL_CW 0x0900
#define GL_CCW 0x0901
/* GetPName */
#define GL_LINE_WIDTH 0x0B21
#define GL_ALIASED_POINT_SIZE_RANGE 0x846D
#define GL_ALIASED_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE 0x846E
#define GL_CULL_FACE_MODE 0x0B45
#define GL_FRONT_FACE 0x0B46
#define GL_DEPTH_RANGE 0x0B70
#define GL_DEPTH_WRITEMASK 0x0B72
#define GL_DEPTH_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0B73
#define GL_DEPTH_FUNC 0x0B74
#define GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0B91
#define GL_STENCIL_FUNC 0x0B92
#define GL_STENCIL_FAIL 0x0B94
#define GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL 0x0B95
#define GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_PASS 0x0B96
#define GL_STENCIL_REF 0x0B97
#define GL_STENCIL_VALUE_MASK 0x0B93
#define GL_STENCIL_WRITEMASK 0x0B98
#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FUNC 0x8800
#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FAIL 0x8801
#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL 0x8802
#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_PASS 0x8803
#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_REF 0x8CA3
#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_VALUE_MASK 0x8CA4
#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_WRITEMASK 0x8CA5
#define GL_VIEWPORT 0x0BA2
#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX 0x0C10
/* GL_SCISSOR_TEST */
#define GL_COLOR_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0C22
#define GL_COLOR_WRITEMASK 0x0C23
#define GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT 0x0CF5
#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT 0x0D05
#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x0D33
#define GL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS 0x0D3A
#define GL_SUBPIXEL_BITS 0x0D50
#define GL_RED_BITS 0x0D52
#define GL_GREEN_BITS 0x0D53
#define GL_BLUE_BITS 0x0D54
#define GL_ALPHA_BITS 0x0D55
#define GL_DEPTH_BITS 0x0D56
#define GL_STENCIL_BITS 0x0D57
#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS 0x2A00
/* GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL */
#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR 0x8038
#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D 0x8069
#define GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS 0x80A8
#define GL_SAMPLES 0x80A9
#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_VALUE 0x80AA
#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_INVERT 0x80AB
/* GetTextureParameter */
/* GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER */
/* GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER */
/* GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S */
/* GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T */
#define GL_NUM_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS 0x86A2
#define GL_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS 0x86A3
/* HintMode */
#define GL_DONT_CARE 0x1100
#define GL_FASTEST 0x1101
#define GL_NICEST 0x1102
/* HintTarget */
#define GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_HINT 0x8192
/* DataType */
#define GL_BYTE 0x1400
#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE 0x1401
#define GL_SHORT 0x1402
#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT 0x1403
#define GL_INT 0x1404
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405
#define GL_FLOAT 0x1406
#define GL_FIXED 0x140C
/* PixelFormat */
#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT 0x1902
#define GL_ALPHA 0x1906
#define GL_RGB 0x1907
#define GL_RGBA 0x1908
#define GL_LUMINANCE 0x1909
#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x190A
/* PixelType */
/* GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE */
#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4 0x8033
#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1 0x8034
#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5 0x8363
/* Shaders */
#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8B30
#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8B31
#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS 0x8869
#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_VECTORS 0x8DFB
#define GL_MAX_VARYING_VECTORS 0x8DFC
#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8B4D
#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8B4C
#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8872
#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_VECTORS 0x8DFD
#define GL_SHADER_TYPE 0x8B4F
#define GL_DELETE_STATUS 0x8B80
#define GL_LINK_STATUS 0x8B82
#define GL_VALIDATE_STATUS 0x8B83
#define GL_ATTACHED_SHADERS 0x8B85
#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS 0x8B86
#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH 0x8B87
#define GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTES 0x8B89
#define GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTE_MAX_LENGTH 0x8B8A
#define GL_SHADING_LANGUAGE_VERSION 0x8B8C
#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM 0x8B8D
/* StencilFunction */
#define GL_NEVER 0x0200
#define GL_LESS 0x0201
#define GL_EQUAL 0x0202
#define GL_LEQUAL 0x0203
#define GL_GREATER 0x0204
#define GL_NOTEQUAL 0x0205
#define GL_GEQUAL 0x0206
#define GL_ALWAYS 0x0207
/* StencilOp */
/* GL_ZERO */
#define GL_KEEP 0x1E00
#define GL_REPLACE 0x1E01
#define GL_INCR 0x1E02
#define GL_DECR 0x1E03
#define GL_INVERT 0x150A
#define GL_INCR_WRAP 0x8507
#define GL_DECR_WRAP 0x8508
/* StringName */
#define GL_VENDOR 0x1F00
#define GL_RENDERER 0x1F01
#define GL_VERSION 0x1F02
#define GL_EXTENSIONS 0x1F03
/* TextureMagFilter */
#define GL_NEAREST 0x2600
#define GL_LINEAR 0x2601
/* TextureMinFilter */
/* GL_NEAREST */
/* GL_LINEAR */
#define GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST 0x2700
#define GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST 0x2701
#define GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR 0x2702
#define GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR 0x2703
/* TextureParameterName */
#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER 0x2800
#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER 0x2801
#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S 0x2802
#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T 0x2803
/* TextureTarget */
/* GL_TEXTURE_2D */
#define GL_TEXTURE 0x1702
#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP 0x8513
#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP 0x8514
#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X 0x8515
#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X 0x8516
#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y 0x8517
#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y 0x8518
#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z 0x8519
#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z 0x851A
#define GL_MAX_CUBE_MAP_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x851C
/* TextureUnit */
#define GL_TEXTURE0 0x84C0
#define GL_TEXTURE1 0x84C1
#define GL_TEXTURE2 0x84C2
#define GL_TEXTURE3 0x84C3
#define GL_TEXTURE4 0x84C4
#define GL_TEXTURE5 0x84C5
#define GL_TEXTURE6 0x84C6
#define GL_TEXTURE7 0x84C7
#define GL_TEXTURE8 0x84C8
#define GL_TEXTURE9 0x84C9
#define GL_TEXTURE10 0x84CA
#define GL_TEXTURE11 0x84CB
#define GL_TEXTURE12 0x84CC
#define GL_TEXTURE13 0x84CD
#define GL_TEXTURE14 0x84CE
#define GL_TEXTURE15 0x84CF
#define GL_TEXTURE16 0x84D0
#define GL_TEXTURE17 0x84D1
#define GL_TEXTURE18 0x84D2
#define GL_TEXTURE19 0x84D3
#define GL_TEXTURE20 0x84D4
#define GL_TEXTURE21 0x84D5
#define GL_TEXTURE22 0x84D6
#define GL_TEXTURE23 0x84D7
#define GL_TEXTURE24 0x84D8
#define GL_TEXTURE25 0x84D9
#define GL_TEXTURE26 0x84DA
#define GL_TEXTURE27 0x84DB
#define GL_TEXTURE28 0x84DC
#define GL_TEXTURE29 0x84DD
#define GL_TEXTURE30 0x84DE
#define GL_TEXTURE31 0x84DF
#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E0
/* TextureWrapMode */
#define GL_REPEAT 0x2901
#define GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE 0x812F
#define GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT 0x8370
/* Uniform Types */
#define GL_FLOAT_VEC2 0x8B50
#define GL_FLOAT_VEC3 0x8B51
#define GL_FLOAT_VEC4 0x8B52
#define GL_INT_VEC2 0x8B53
#define GL_INT_VEC3 0x8B54
#define GL_INT_VEC4 0x8B55
#define GL_BOOL 0x8B56
#define GL_BOOL_VEC2 0x8B57
#define GL_BOOL_VEC3 0x8B58
#define GL_BOOL_VEC4 0x8B59
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2 0x8B5A
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3 0x8B5B
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4 0x8B5C
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D 0x8B5E
#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8B60
/* Vertex Arrays */
#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED 0x8622
#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8623
#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8624
#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8625
#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A
#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8645
#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889F
/* Read Format */
#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_TYPE 0x8B9A
#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_FORMAT 0x8B9B
/* Shader Source */
#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS 0x8B81
#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH 0x8B84
#define GL_SHADER_SOURCE_LENGTH 0x8B88
#define GL_SHADER_COMPILER 0x8DFA
/* Shader Binary */
#define GL_SHADER_BINARY_FORMATS 0x8DF8
#define GL_NUM_SHADER_BINARY_FORMATS 0x8DF9
/* Shader Precision-Specified Types */
#define GL_LOW_FLOAT 0x8DF0
#define GL_MEDIUM_FLOAT 0x8DF1
#define GL_HIGH_FLOAT 0x8DF2
#define GL_LOW_INT 0x8DF3
#define GL_MEDIUM_INT 0x8DF4
#define GL_HIGH_INT 0x8DF5
/* Framebuffer Object. */
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER 0x8D40
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER 0x8D41
#define GL_RGBA4 0x8056
#define GL_RGB5_A1 0x8057
#define GL_RGB565 0x8D62
#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16 0x81A5
#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX8 0x8D48
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_WIDTH 0x8D42
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_HEIGHT 0x8D43
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_INTERNAL_FORMAT 0x8D44
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_RED_SIZE 0x8D50
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_GREEN_SIZE 0x8D51
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BLUE_SIZE 0x8D52
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_ALPHA_SIZE 0x8D53
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_DEPTH_SIZE 0x8D54
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_STENCIL_SIZE 0x8D55
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_TYPE 0x8CD0
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_NAME 0x8CD1
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LEVEL 0x8CD2
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_FACE 0x8CD3
#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0 0x8CE0
#define GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT 0x8D00
#define GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT 0x8D20
#define GL_NONE 0
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_COMPLETE 0x8CD5
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_ATTACHMENT 0x8CD6
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MISSING_ATTACHMENT 0x8CD7
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DIMENSIONS 0x8CD9
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNSUPPORTED 0x8CDD
#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CA6
#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CA7
#define GL_MAX_RENDERBUFFER_SIZE 0x84E8
#define GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION 0x0506
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* GL core functions.
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBindAttribLocation (GLuint program, GLuint index, const GLchar* name);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBindFramebuffer (GLenum target, GLuint framebuffer);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBindRenderbuffer (GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBlendColor (GLclampf red, GLclampf green, GLclampf blue, GLclampf alpha);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBlendEquation ( GLenum mode );
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBlendFunc (GLenum sfactor, GLenum dfactor);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum srcRGB, GLenum dstRGB, GLenum srcAlpha, GLenum dstAlpha);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid* data, GLenum usage);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid* data);
GL_APICALL GLenum GL_APIENTRY glCheckFramebufferStatus (GLenum target);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glClear (GLbitfield mask);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glClearColor (GLclampf red, GLclampf green, GLclampf blue, GLclampf alpha);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glClearDepthf (GLclampf depth);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glClearStencil (GLint s);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glColorMask (GLboolean red, GLboolean green, GLboolean blue, GLboolean alpha);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glCompressedTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid* data);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glCompressedTexSubImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid* data);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glCopyTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glCopyTexSubImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
GL_APICALL GLuint GL_APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void);
GL_APICALL GLuint GL_APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glCullFace (GLenum mode);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint* buffers);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDeleteFramebuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint* framebuffers);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDeleteRenderbuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint* renderbuffers);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint* textures);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDepthFunc (GLenum func);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDepthMask (GLboolean flag);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDepthRangef (GLclampf zNear, GLclampf zFar);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDrawArrays (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* indices);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glFinish (void);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glFlush (void);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glFramebufferRenderbuffer (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture2D (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glFrontFace (GLenum mode);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint* buffers);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGenerateMipmap (GLenum target);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGenFramebuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint* framebuffers);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGenRenderbuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint* renderbuffers);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint* textures);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetActiveAttrib (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei* length, GLint* size, GLenum* type, GLchar* name);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetActiveUniform (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei* length, GLint* size, GLenum* type, GLchar* name);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetAttachedShaders (GLuint program, GLsizei maxcount, GLsizei* count, GLuint* shaders);
GL_APICALL GLint GL_APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar* name);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetBooleanv (GLenum pname, GLboolean* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetBufferParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL GLenum GL_APIENTRY glGetError (void);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetFloatv (GLenum pname, GLfloat* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei* length, GLchar* infolog);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetRenderbufferParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei* length, GLchar* infolog);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetShaderPrecisionFormat (GLenum shadertype, GLenum precisiontype, GLint* range, GLint* precision);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei* length, GLchar* source);
GL_APICALL const GLubyte* GL_APIENTRY glGetString (GLenum name);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetTexParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetTexParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetUniformfv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetUniformiv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL GLint GL_APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar* name);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribfv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLvoid** pointer);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glHint (GLenum target, GLenum mode);
GL_APICALL GLboolean GL_APIENTRY glIsBuffer (GLuint buffer);
GL_APICALL GLboolean GL_APIENTRY glIsEnabled (GLenum cap);
GL_APICALL GLboolean GL_APIENTRY glIsFramebuffer (GLuint framebuffer);
GL_APICALL GLboolean GL_APIENTRY glIsProgram (GLuint program);
GL_APICALL GLboolean GL_APIENTRY glIsRenderbuffer (GLuint renderbuffer);
GL_APICALL GLboolean GL_APIENTRY glIsShader (GLuint shader);
GL_APICALL GLboolean GL_APIENTRY glIsTexture (GLuint texture);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glLineWidth (GLfloat width);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glPolygonOffset (GLfloat factor, GLfloat units);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid* pixels);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glReleaseShaderCompiler (void);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glRenderbufferStorage (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glSampleCoverage (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glShaderBinary (GLsizei n, const GLuint* shaders, GLenum binaryformat, const GLvoid* binary, GLsizei length);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar* const* string, const GLint* length);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glStencilFunc (GLenum func, GLint ref, GLuint mask);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glStencilFuncSeparate (GLenum face, GLenum func, GLint ref, GLuint mask);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glStencilMask (GLuint mask);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glStencilMaskSeparate (GLenum face, GLuint mask);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glStencilOp (GLenum fail, GLenum zfail, GLenum zpass);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glStencilOpSeparate (GLenum face, GLenum fail, GLenum zfail, GLenum zpass);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid* pixels);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glTexParameterf (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glTexParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glTexParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint* params);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glTexSubImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid* pixels);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform1f (GLint location, GLfloat x);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform1fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint x);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform1iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform2f (GLint location, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform2fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform2i (GLint location, GLint x, GLint y);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform2iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform3f (GLint location, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform3fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform3i (GLint location, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform3iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform4f (GLint location, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform4i (GLint location, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniform4iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint* v);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat* value);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat* value);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat* value);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glValidateProgram (GLuint program);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1f (GLuint indx, GLfloat x);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1fv (GLuint indx, const GLfloat* values);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2f (GLuint indx, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2fv (GLuint indx, const GLfloat* values);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3f (GLuint indx, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3fv (GLuint indx, const GLfloat* values);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4f (GLuint indx, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4fv (GLuint indx, const GLfloat* values);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint indx, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid* ptr);
GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __gl2_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengles2_gl2ext.h
+2050
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengles2_gl2platform.h
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
#ifndef __gl2platform_h_
#define __gl2platform_h_
/* $Revision: 10602 $ on $Date:: 2010-03-04 22:35:34 -0800 #$ */
/*
* This document is licensed under the SGI Free Software B License Version
* 2.0. For details, see http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ .
*/
/* Platform-specific types and definitions for OpenGL ES 2.X gl2.h
*
* Adopters may modify khrplatform.h and this file to suit their platform.
* You are encouraged to submit all modifications to the Khronos group so that
* they can be included in future versions of this file. Please submit changes
* by sending them to the public Khronos Bugzilla (http://khronos.org/bugzilla)
* by filing a bug against product "OpenGL-ES" component "Registry".
*/
/*#include <KHR/khrplatform.h>*/
#ifndef GL_APICALL
#define GL_APICALL KHRONOS_APICALL
#endif
#ifndef GL_APIENTRY
#define GL_APIENTRY KHRONOS_APIENTRY
#endif
#endif /* __gl2platform_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_opengles2_khrplatform.h
+282
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
#ifndef __khrplatform_h_
#define __khrplatform_h_
/*
** Copyright (c) 2008-2009 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
/* Khronos platform-specific types and definitions.
*
* $Revision: 23298 $ on $Date: 2013-09-30 17:07:13 -0700 (Mon, 30 Sep 2013) $
*
* Adopters may modify this file to suit their platform. Adopters are
* encouraged to submit platform specific modifications to the Khronos
* group so that they can be included in future versions of this file.
* Please submit changes by sending them to the public Khronos Bugzilla
* (http://khronos.org/bugzilla) by filing a bug against product
* "Khronos (general)" component "Registry".
*
* A predefined template which fills in some of the bug fields can be
* reached using http://tinyurl.com/khrplatform-h-bugreport, but you
* must create a Bugzilla login first.
*
*
* See the Implementer's Guidelines for information about where this file
* should be located on your system and for more details of its use:
* http://www.khronos.org/registry/implementers_guide.pdf
*
* This file should be included as
* #include <KHR/khrplatform.h>
* by Khronos client API header files that use its types and defines.
*
* The types in khrplatform.h should only be used to define API-specific types.
*
* Types defined in khrplatform.h:
* khronos_int8_t signed 8 bit
* khronos_uint8_t unsigned 8 bit
* khronos_int16_t signed 16 bit
* khronos_uint16_t unsigned 16 bit
* khronos_int32_t signed 32 bit
* khronos_uint32_t unsigned 32 bit
* khronos_int64_t signed 64 bit
* khronos_uint64_t unsigned 64 bit
* khronos_intptr_t signed same number of bits as a pointer
* khronos_uintptr_t unsigned same number of bits as a pointer
* khronos_ssize_t signed size
* khronos_usize_t unsigned size
* khronos_float_t signed 32 bit floating point
* khronos_time_ns_t unsigned 64 bit time in nanoseconds
* khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t unsigned time interval or absolute time in
* nanoseconds
* khronos_stime_nanoseconds_t signed time interval in nanoseconds
* khronos_boolean_enum_t enumerated boolean type. This should
* only be used as a base type when a client API's boolean type is
* an enum. Client APIs which use an integer or other type for
* booleans cannot use this as the base type for their boolean.
*
* Tokens defined in khrplatform.h:
*
* KHRONOS_FALSE, KHRONOS_TRUE Enumerated boolean false/true values.
*
* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 is 1 if 64 bit integers are supported; otherwise 0.
* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT is 1 if floats are supported; otherwise 0.
*
* Calling convention macros defined in this file:
* KHRONOS_APICALL
* KHRONOS_APIENTRY
* KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES
*
* These may be used in function prototypes as:
*
* KHRONOS_APICALL void KHRONOS_APIENTRY funcname(
* int arg1,
* int arg2) KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES;
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Definition of KHRONOS_APICALL
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This precedes the return type of the function in the function prototype.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
# define KHRONOS_APICALL __declspec(dllimport)
#elif defined (__SYMBIAN32__)
# define KHRONOS_APICALL IMPORT_C
#else
# define KHRONOS_APICALL
#endif
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Definition of KHRONOS_APIENTRY
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This follows the return type of the function and precedes the function
* name in the function prototype.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
/* Win32 but not WinCE */
# define KHRONOS_APIENTRY __stdcall
#else
# define KHRONOS_APIENTRY
#endif
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Definition of KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This follows the closing parenthesis of the function prototype arguments.
*/
#if defined (__ARMCC_2__)
#define KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES __softfp
#else
#define KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES
#endif
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* basic type definitions
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__SCO__) || defined(__USLC__)
/*
* Using <stdint.h>
*/
#include <stdint.h>
typedef int32_t khronos_int32_t;
typedef uint32_t khronos_uint32_t;
typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t;
typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t;
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1
#elif defined(__VMS ) || defined(__sgi)
/*
* Using <inttypes.h>
*/
#include <inttypes.h>
typedef int32_t khronos_int32_t;
typedef uint32_t khronos_uint32_t;
typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t;
typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t;
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1
#elif defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
/*
* Win32
*/
typedef __int32 khronos_int32_t;
typedef unsigned __int32 khronos_uint32_t;
typedef __int64 khronos_int64_t;
typedef unsigned __int64 khronos_uint64_t;
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1
#elif defined(__sun__) || defined(__digital__)
/*
* Sun or Digital
*/
typedef int khronos_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int khronos_uint32_t;
#if defined(__arch64__) || defined(_LP64)
typedef long int khronos_int64_t;
typedef unsigned long int khronos_uint64_t;
#else
typedef long long int khronos_int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long int khronos_uint64_t;
#endif /* __arch64__ */
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1
#elif 0
/*
* Hypothetical platform with no float or int64 support
*/
typedef int khronos_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int khronos_uint32_t;
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 0
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 0
#else
/*
* Generic fallback
*/
#include <stdint.h>
typedef int32_t khronos_int32_t;
typedef uint32_t khronos_uint32_t;
typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t;
typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t;
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1
#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1
#endif
/*
* Types that are (so far) the same on all platforms
*/
typedef signed char khronos_int8_t;
typedef unsigned char khronos_uint8_t;
typedef signed short int khronos_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short int khronos_uint16_t;
/*
* Types that differ between LLP64 and LP64 architectures - in LLP64,
* pointers are 64 bits, but 'long' is still 32 bits. Win64 appears
* to be the only LLP64 architecture in current use.
*/
#ifdef _WIN64
typedef signed long long int khronos_intptr_t;
typedef unsigned long long int khronos_uintptr_t;
typedef signed long long int khronos_ssize_t;
typedef unsigned long long int khronos_usize_t;
#else
typedef signed long int khronos_intptr_t;
typedef unsigned long int khronos_uintptr_t;
typedef signed long int khronos_ssize_t;
typedef unsigned long int khronos_usize_t;
#endif
#if KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT
/*
* Float type
*/
typedef float khronos_float_t;
#endif
#if KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64
/* Time types
*
* These types can be used to represent a time interval in nanoseconds or
* an absolute Unadjusted System Time. Unadjusted System Time is the number
* of nanoseconds since some arbitrary system event (e.g. since the last
* time the system booted). The Unadjusted System Time is an unsigned
* 64 bit value that wraps back to 0 every 584 years. Time intervals
* may be either signed or unsigned.
*/
typedef khronos_uint64_t khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t;
typedef khronos_int64_t khronos_stime_nanoseconds_t;
#endif
/*
* Dummy value used to pad enum types to 32 bits.
*/
#ifndef KHRONOS_MAX_ENUM
#define KHRONOS_MAX_ENUM 0x7FFFFFFF
#endif
/*
* Enumerated boolean type
*
* Values other than zero should be considered to be true. Therefore
* comparisons should not be made against KHRONOS_TRUE.
*/
typedef enum {
KHRONOS_FALSE = 0,
KHRONOS_TRUE = 1,
KHRONOS_BOOLEAN_ENUM_FORCE_SIZE = KHRONOS_MAX_ENUM
} khronos_boolean_enum_t;
#endif /* __khrplatform_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_pixels.h
+470
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_pixels.h
*
* Header for the enumerated pixel format definitions.
*/
#ifndef SDL_pixels_h_
#define SDL_pixels_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name Transparency definitions
*
* These define alpha as the opacity of a surface.
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
#define SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
/* @} */
/** Pixel type. */
typedef enum
{
SDL_PIXELTYPE_UNKNOWN,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU16,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU32,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF16,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF32
} SDL_PixelType;
/** Bitmap pixel order, high bit -> low bit. */
typedef enum
{
SDL_BITMAPORDER_NONE,
SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321,
SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234
} SDL_BitmapOrder;
/** Packed component order, high bit -> low bit. */
typedef enum
{
SDL_PACKEDORDER_NONE,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBX,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA
} SDL_PackedOrder;
/** Array component order, low byte -> high byte. */
/* !!! FIXME: in 2.1, make these not overlap differently with
!!! FIXME: SDL_PACKEDORDER_*, so we can simplify SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_ALPHA */
typedef enum
{
SDL_ARRAYORDER_NONE,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGB,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGBA,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_ARGB,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGRA,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_ABGR
} SDL_ArrayOrder;
/** Packed component layout. */
typedef enum
{
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_NONE,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_2101010,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1010102
} SDL_PackedLayout;
#define SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC(A, B, C, D) SDL_FOURCC(A, B, C, D)
#define SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(type, order, layout, bits, bytes) \
((1 << 28) | ((type) << 24) | ((order) << 20) | ((layout) << 16) | \
((bits) << 8) | ((bytes) << 0))
#define SDL_PIXELFLAG(X) (((X) >> 28) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_PIXELTYPE(X) (((X) >> 24) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_PIXELORDER(X) (((X) >> 20) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_PIXELLAYOUT(X) (((X) >> 16) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_BITSPERPIXEL(X) (((X) >> 8) & 0xFF)
#define SDL_BYTESPERPIXEL(X) \
(SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(X) ? \
((((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YUY2) || \
((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UYVY) || \
((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YVYU)) ? 2 : 1) : (((X) >> 0) & 0xFF))
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_INDEXED(format) \
(!SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) && \
((SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8)))
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_PACKED(format) \
(!SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) && \
((SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32)))
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_ARRAY(format) \
(!SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) && \
((SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU16) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU32) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF16) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF32)))
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_ALPHA(format) \
((SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_PACKED(format) && \
((SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA))) || \
(SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_ARRAY(format) && \
((SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_ARRAYORDER_ARGB) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGBA) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_ARRAYORDER_ABGR) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGRA))))
/* The flag is set to 1 because 0x1? is not in the printable ASCII range */
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) \
((format) && (SDL_PIXELFLAG(format) != 1))
/* Note: If you modify this list, update SDL_GetPixelFormatName() */
typedef enum
{
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX1LSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1, SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321, 0,
1, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX1MSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1, SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234, 0,
1, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX4LSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4, SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321, 0,
4, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX4MSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4, SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234, 0,
4, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX8 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8, 0, 0, 8, 1),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB332 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332, 8, 1),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 12, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB1555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA5551 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR1555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA5551 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB565 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR565 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB24 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8, SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGB, 0,
24, 3),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR24 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8, SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR, 0,
24, 3),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBX8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBX,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRX8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB2101010 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_2101010, 32, 4),
/* Aliases for RGBA byte arrays of color data, for the current platform */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8888,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB8888,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8888,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888,
#else
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8888,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB8888,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR32 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8888,
#endif
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YV12 = /**< Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'V', '1', '2'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_IYUV = /**< Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('I', 'Y', 'U', 'V'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YUY2 = /**< Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'U', 'Y', '2'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UYVY = /**< Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YVYU = /**< Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_NV12 = /**< Planar mode: Y + U/V interleaved (2 planes) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('N', 'V', '1', '2'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_NV21 = /**< Planar mode: Y + V/U interleaved (2 planes) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('N', 'V', '2', '1'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_EXTERNAL_OES = /**< Android video texture format */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('O', 'E', 'S', ' ')
} SDL_PixelFormatEnum;
typedef struct SDL_Color
{
Uint8 r;
Uint8 g;
Uint8 b;
Uint8 a;
} SDL_Color;
#define SDL_Colour SDL_Color
typedef struct SDL_Palette
{
int ncolors;
SDL_Color *colors;
Uint32 version;
int refcount;
} SDL_Palette;
/**
* \note Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only.
*/
typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat
{
Uint32 format;
SDL_Palette *palette;
Uint8 BitsPerPixel;
Uint8 BytesPerPixel;
Uint8 padding[2];
Uint32 Rmask;
Uint32 Gmask;
Uint32 Bmask;
Uint32 Amask;
Uint8 Rloss;
Uint8 Gloss;
Uint8 Bloss;
Uint8 Aloss;
Uint8 Rshift;
Uint8 Gshift;
Uint8 Bshift;
Uint8 Ashift;
int refcount;
struct SDL_PixelFormat *next;
} SDL_PixelFormat;
/**
* \brief Get the human readable name of a pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GetPixelFormatName(Uint32 format);
/**
* \brief Convert one of the enumerated pixel formats to a bpp and RGBA masks.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if the conversion wasn't possible.
*
* \sa SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks(Uint32 format,
int *bpp,
Uint32 * Rmask,
Uint32 * Gmask,
Uint32 * Bmask,
Uint32 * Amask);
/**
* \brief Convert a bpp and RGBA masks to an enumerated pixel format.
*
* \return The pixel format, or ::SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN if the conversion
* wasn't possible.
*
* \sa SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks()
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum(int bpp,
Uint32 Rmask,
Uint32 Gmask,
Uint32 Bmask,
Uint32 Amask);
/**
* \brief Create an SDL_PixelFormat structure from a pixel format enum.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_PixelFormat * SDLCALL SDL_AllocFormat(Uint32 pixel_format);
/**
* \brief Free an SDL_PixelFormat structure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeFormat(SDL_PixelFormat *format);
/**
* \brief Create a palette structure with the specified number of color
* entries.
*
* \return A new palette, or NULL if there wasn't enough memory.
*
* \note The palette entries are initialized to white.
*
* \sa SDL_FreePalette()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Palette *SDLCALL SDL_AllocPalette(int ncolors);
/**
* \brief Set the palette for a pixel format structure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPixelFormatPalette(SDL_PixelFormat * format,
SDL_Palette *palette);
/**
* \brief Set a range of colors in a palette.
*
* \param palette The palette to modify.
* \param colors An array of colors to copy into the palette.
* \param firstcolor The index of the first palette entry to modify.
* \param ncolors The number of entries to modify.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if not all of the colors could be set.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPaletteColors(SDL_Palette * palette,
const SDL_Color * colors,
int firstcolor, int ncolors);
/**
* \brief Free a palette created with SDL_AllocPalette().
*
* \sa SDL_AllocPalette()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreePalette(SDL_Palette * palette);
/**
* \brief Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format.
*
* \sa SDL_MapRGBA
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGB(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
/**
* \brief Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format.
*
* \sa SDL_MapRGB
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGBA(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
Uint8 a);
/**
* \brief Get the RGB components from a pixel of the specified format.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRGBA
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel,
const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b);
/**
* \brief Get the RGBA components from a pixel of the specified format.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRGB
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel,
const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b,
Uint8 * a);
/**
* \brief Calculate a 256 entry gamma ramp for a gamma value.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CalculateGammaRamp(float gamma, Uint16 * ramp);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_pixels_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_platform.h
+198
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_platform.h
*
* Try to get a standard set of platform defines.
*/
#ifndef SDL_platform_h_
#define SDL_platform_h_
#if defined(_AIX)
#undef __AIX__
#define __AIX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__HAIKU__)
#undef __HAIKU__
#define __HAIKU__ 1
#endif
#if defined(bsdi) || defined(__bsdi) || defined(__bsdi__)
#undef __BSDI__
#define __BSDI__ 1
#endif
#if defined(_arch_dreamcast)
#undef __DREAMCAST__
#define __DREAMCAST__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
#undef __FREEBSD__
#define __FREEBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpux__)
#undef __HPUX__
#define __HPUX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(sgi) || defined(__sgi) || defined(__sgi__) || defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
#undef __IRIX__
#define __IRIX__ 1
#endif
#if (defined(linux) || defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__))
#undef __LINUX__
#define __LINUX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(ANDROID) || defined(__ANDROID__)
#undef __ANDROID__
#undef __LINUX__ /* do we need to do this? */
#define __ANDROID__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__)
/* lets us know what version of Mac OS X we're compiling on */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#include "TargetConditionals.h"
#if TARGET_OS_TV
#undef __TVOS__
#define __TVOS__ 1
#endif
#if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
/* if compiling for iOS */
#undef __IPHONEOS__
#define __IPHONEOS__ 1
#undef __MACOSX__
#else
/* if not compiling for iOS */
#undef __MACOSX__
#define __MACOSX__ 1
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
# error SDL for Mac OS X only supports deploying on 10.6 and above.
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060 */
#endif /* TARGET_OS_IPHONE */
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) */
#if defined(__NetBSD__)
#undef __NETBSD__
#define __NETBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__OpenBSD__)
#undef __OPENBSD__
#define __OPENBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)
#undef __OS2__
#define __OS2__ 1
#endif
#if defined(osf) || defined(__osf) || defined(__osf__) || defined(_OSF_SOURCE)
#undef __OSF__
#define __OSF__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
#undef __QNXNTO__
#define __QNXNTO__ 1
#endif
#if defined(riscos) || defined(__riscos) || defined(__riscos__)
#undef __RISCOS__
#define __RISCOS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__sun) && defined(__SVR4)
#undef __SOLARIS__
#define __SOLARIS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
/* Try to find out if we're compiling for WinRT or non-WinRT */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__has_include)
#if __has_include(<winapifamily.h>)
#define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H 1
#else
#define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H 0
#endif
/* If _USING_V110_SDK71_ is defined it means we are using the Windows XP toolset. */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1700 && !_USING_V110_SDK71_) /* _MSC_VER == 1700 for Visual Studio 2012 */
#define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H 1
#else
#define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H 0
#endif
#if HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H
#include <winapifamily.h>
#define WINAPI_FAMILY_WINRT (!WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP) && WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_APP))
#else
#define WINAPI_FAMILY_WINRT 0
#endif /* HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H */
#if WINAPI_FAMILY_WINRT
#undef __WINRT__
#define __WINRT__ 1
#else
#undef __WINDOWS__
#define __WINDOWS__ 1
#endif
#endif /* defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) */
#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
#undef __WIN32__
#define __WIN32__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__PSP__)
#undef __PSP__
#define __PSP__ 1
#endif
/* The NACL compiler defines __native_client__ and __pnacl__
* Ref: http://www.chromium.org/nativeclient/pnacl/stability-of-the-pnacl-bitcode-abi
*/
#if defined(__native_client__)
#undef __LINUX__
#undef __NACL__
#define __NACL__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__pnacl__)
#undef __LINUX__
#undef __PNACL__
#define __PNACL__ 1
/* PNACL with newlib supports static linking only */
#define __SDL_NOGETPROCADDR__
#endif
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Gets the name of the platform.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetPlatform (void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_platform_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_power.h
+75
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_power_h_
#define SDL_power_h_
/**
* \file SDL_power.h
*
* Header for the SDL power management routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The basic state for the system's power supply.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_POWERSTATE_UNKNOWN, /**< cannot determine power status */
SDL_POWERSTATE_ON_BATTERY, /**< Not plugged in, running on the battery */
SDL_POWERSTATE_NO_BATTERY, /**< Plugged in, no battery available */
SDL_POWERSTATE_CHARGING, /**< Plugged in, charging battery */
SDL_POWERSTATE_CHARGED /**< Plugged in, battery charged */
} SDL_PowerState;
/**
* \brief Get the current power supply details.
*
* \param secs Seconds of battery life left. You can pass a NULL here if
* you don't care. Will return -1 if we can't determine a
* value, or we're not running on a battery.
*
* \param pct Percentage of battery life left, between 0 and 100. You can
* pass a NULL here if you don't care. Will return -1 if we
* can't determine a value, or we're not running on a battery.
*
* \return The state of the battery (if any).
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_PowerState SDLCALL SDL_GetPowerInfo(int *secs, int *pct);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_power_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_quit.h
+58
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_quit.h
*
* Include file for SDL quit event handling.
*/
#ifndef SDL_quit_h_
#define SDL_quit_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
/**
* \file SDL_quit.h
*
* An ::SDL_QUIT event is generated when the user tries to close the application
* window. If it is ignored or filtered out, the window will remain open.
* If it is not ignored or filtered, it is queued normally and the window
* is allowed to close. When the window is closed, screen updates will
* complete, but have no effect.
*
* SDL_Init() installs signal handlers for SIGINT (keyboard interrupt)
* and SIGTERM (system termination request), if handlers do not already
* exist, that generate ::SDL_QUIT events as well. There is no way
* to determine the cause of an ::SDL_QUIT event, but setting a signal
* handler in your application will override the default generation of
* quit events for that signal.
*
* \sa SDL_Quit()
*/
/* There are no functions directly affecting the quit event */
#define SDL_QuitRequested() \
(SDL_PumpEvents(), (SDL_PeepEvents(NULL,0,SDL_PEEKEVENT,SDL_QUIT,SDL_QUIT) > 0))
#endif /* SDL_quit_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_rect.h
+174
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_rect.h
*
* Header file for SDL_rect definition and management functions.
*/
#ifndef SDL_rect_h_
#define SDL_rect_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_pixels.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The structure that defines a point (integer)
*
* \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
* \sa SDL_PointInRect
*/
typedef struct SDL_Point
{
int x;
int y;
} SDL_Point;
/**
* \brief The structure that defines a point (floating point)
*
* \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
* \sa SDL_PointInRect
*/
typedef struct SDL_FPoint
{
float x;
float y;
} SDL_FPoint;
/**
* \brief A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (integer).
*
* \sa SDL_RectEmpty
* \sa SDL_RectEquals
* \sa SDL_HasIntersection
* \sa SDL_IntersectRect
* \sa SDL_UnionRect
* \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
*/
typedef struct SDL_Rect
{
int x, y;
int w, h;
} SDL_Rect;
/**
* \brief A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (floating point).
*/
typedef struct SDL_FRect
{
float x;
float y;
float w;
float h;
} SDL_FRect;
/**
* \brief Returns true if point resides inside a rectangle.
*/
SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_PointInRect(const SDL_Point *p, const SDL_Rect *r)
{
return ( (p->x >= r->x) && (p->x < (r->x + r->w)) &&
(p->y >= r->y) && (p->y < (r->y + r->h)) ) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
}
/**
* \brief Returns true if the rectangle has no area.
*/
SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEmpty(const SDL_Rect *r)
{
return ((!r) || (r->w <= 0) || (r->h <= 0)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
}
/**
* \brief Returns true if the two rectangles are equal.
*/
SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEquals(const SDL_Rect *a, const SDL_Rect *b)
{
return (a && b && (a->x == b->x) && (a->y == b->y) &&
(a->w == b->w) && (a->h == b->h)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
}
/**
* \brief Determine whether two rectangles intersect.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasIntersection(const SDL_Rect * A,
const SDL_Rect * B);
/**
* \brief Calculate the intersection of two rectangles.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
const SDL_Rect * B,
SDL_Rect * result);
/**
* \brief Calculate the union of two rectangles.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnionRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
const SDL_Rect * B,
SDL_Rect * result);
/**
* \brief Calculate a minimal rectangle enclosing a set of points
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if any points were within the clipping rect
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_EnclosePoints(const SDL_Point * points,
int count,
const SDL_Rect * clip,
SDL_Rect * result);
/**
* \brief Calculate the intersection of a rectangle and line segment.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRectAndLine(const SDL_Rect *
rect, int *X1,
int *Y1, int *X2,
int *Y2);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_rect_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_render.h
+1119
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_revision.h
+2
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#define SDL_REVISION "hg-0:aaaaaaaaaaah"
#define SDL_REVISION_NUMBER 0
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_rwops.h
+291
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_rwops.h
*
* This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
* data streams. It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
*/
#ifndef SDL_rwops_h_
#define SDL_rwops_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* RWops Types */
#define SDL_RWOPS_UNKNOWN 0U /**< Unknown stream type */
#define SDL_RWOPS_WINFILE 1U /**< Win32 file */
#define SDL_RWOPS_STDFILE 2U /**< Stdio file */
#define SDL_RWOPS_JNIFILE 3U /**< Android asset */
#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY 4U /**< Memory stream */
#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY_RO 5U /**< Read-Only memory stream */
/**
* This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic.
*/
typedef struct SDL_RWops
{
/**
* Return the size of the file in this rwops, or -1 if unknown
*/
Sint64 (SDLCALL * size) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
/**
* Seek to \c offset relative to \c whence, one of stdio's whence values:
* RW_SEEK_SET, RW_SEEK_CUR, RW_SEEK_END
*
* \return the final offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
*/
Sint64 (SDLCALL * seek) (struct SDL_RWops * context, Sint64 offset,
int whence);
/**
* Read up to \c maxnum objects each of size \c size from the data
* stream to the area pointed at by \c ptr.
*
* \return the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file.
*/
size_t (SDLCALL * read) (struct SDL_RWops * context, void *ptr,
size_t size, size_t maxnum);
/**
* Write exactly \c num objects each of size \c size from the area
* pointed at by \c ptr to data stream.
*
* \return the number of objects written, or 0 at error or end of file.
*/
size_t (SDLCALL * write) (struct SDL_RWops * context, const void *ptr,
size_t size, size_t num);
/**
* Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
*
* \return 0 if successful or -1 on write error when flushing data.
*/
int (SDLCALL * close) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
Uint32 type;
union
{
#if defined(__ANDROID__)
struct
{
void *fileNameRef;
void *inputStreamRef;
void *readableByteChannelRef;
void *readMethod;
void *assetFileDescriptorRef;
long position;
long size;
long offset;
int fd;
} androidio;
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
struct
{
SDL_bool append;
void *h;
struct
{
void *data;
size_t size;
size_t left;
} buffer;
} windowsio;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
struct
{
SDL_bool autoclose;
FILE *fp;
} stdio;
#endif
struct
{
Uint8 *base;
Uint8 *here;
Uint8 *stop;
} mem;
struct
{
void *data1;
void *data2;
} unknown;
} hidden;
} SDL_RWops;
/**
* \name RWFrom functions
*
* Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data streams.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file,
const char *mode);
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(FILE * fp,
SDL_bool autoclose);
#else
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(void * fp,
SDL_bool autoclose);
#endif
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromConstMem(const void *mem,
int size);
/* @} *//* RWFrom functions */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_AllocRW(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops * area);
#define RW_SEEK_SET 0 /**< Seek from the beginning of data */
#define RW_SEEK_CUR 1 /**< Seek relative to current read point */
#define RW_SEEK_END 2 /**< Seek relative to the end of data */
/**
* Return the size of the file in this rwops, or -1 if unknown
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWsize(SDL_RWops *context);
/**
* Seek to \c offset relative to \c whence, one of stdio's whence values:
* RW_SEEK_SET, RW_SEEK_CUR, RW_SEEK_END
*
* \return the final offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWseek(SDL_RWops *context,
Sint64 offset, int whence);
/**
* Return the current offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWtell(SDL_RWops *context);
/**
* Read up to \c maxnum objects each of size \c size from the data
* stream to the area pointed at by \c ptr.
*
* \return the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file.
*/
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_RWread(SDL_RWops *context,
void *ptr, size_t size, size_t maxnum);
/**
* Write exactly \c num objects each of size \c size from the area
* pointed at by \c ptr to data stream.
*
* \return the number of objects written, or 0 at error or end of file.
*/
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_RWwrite(SDL_RWops *context,
const void *ptr, size_t size, size_t num);
/**
* Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
*
* \return 0 if successful or -1 on write error when flushing data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RWclose(SDL_RWops *context);
/**
* Load all the data from an SDL data stream.
*
* The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated)
*
* If \c datasize is not NULL, it is filled with the size of the data read.
*
* If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
*
* The data should be freed with SDL_free().
*
* \return the data, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile_RW(SDL_RWops * src, size_t *datasize,
int freesrc);
/**
* Load an entire file.
*
* The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated)
*
* If \c datasize is not NULL, it is filled with the size of the data read.
*
* If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
*
* The data should be freed with SDL_free().
*
* \return the data, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile(const char *file, size_t *datasize);
/**
* \name Read endian functions
*
* Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_ReadU8(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops * src);
/* @} *//* Read endian functions */
/**
* \name Write endian functions
*
* Write an item of native format to the specified endianness.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteU8(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint8 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
/* @} *//* Write endian functions */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_rwops_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_scancode.h
+413
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_scancode.h
*
* Defines keyboard scancodes.
*/
#ifndef SDL_scancode_h_
#define SDL_scancode_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/**
* \brief The SDL keyboard scancode representation.
*
* Values of this type are used to represent keyboard keys, among other places
* in the \link SDL_Keysym::scancode key.keysym.scancode \endlink field of the
* SDL_Event structure.
*
* The values in this enumeration are based on the USB usage page standard:
* https://www.usb.org/sites/default/files/documents/hut1_12v2.pdf
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN = 0,
/**
* \name Usage page 0x07
*
* These values are from usage page 0x07 (USB keyboard page).
*/
/* @{ */
SDL_SCANCODE_A = 4,
SDL_SCANCODE_B = 5,
SDL_SCANCODE_C = 6,
SDL_SCANCODE_D = 7,
SDL_SCANCODE_E = 8,
SDL_SCANCODE_F = 9,
SDL_SCANCODE_G = 10,
SDL_SCANCODE_H = 11,
SDL_SCANCODE_I = 12,
SDL_SCANCODE_J = 13,
SDL_SCANCODE_K = 14,
SDL_SCANCODE_L = 15,
SDL_SCANCODE_M = 16,
SDL_SCANCODE_N = 17,
SDL_SCANCODE_O = 18,
SDL_SCANCODE_P = 19,
SDL_SCANCODE_Q = 20,
SDL_SCANCODE_R = 21,
SDL_SCANCODE_S = 22,
SDL_SCANCODE_T = 23,
SDL_SCANCODE_U = 24,
SDL_SCANCODE_V = 25,
SDL_SCANCODE_W = 26,
SDL_SCANCODE_X = 27,
SDL_SCANCODE_Y = 28,
SDL_SCANCODE_Z = 29,
SDL_SCANCODE_1 = 30,
SDL_SCANCODE_2 = 31,
SDL_SCANCODE_3 = 32,
SDL_SCANCODE_4 = 33,
SDL_SCANCODE_5 = 34,
SDL_SCANCODE_6 = 35,
SDL_SCANCODE_7 = 36,
SDL_SCANCODE_8 = 37,
SDL_SCANCODE_9 = 38,
SDL_SCANCODE_0 = 39,
SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN = 40,
SDL_SCANCODE_ESCAPE = 41,
SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSPACE = 42,
SDL_SCANCODE_TAB = 43,
SDL_SCANCODE_SPACE = 44,
SDL_SCANCODE_MINUS = 45,
SDL_SCANCODE_EQUALS = 46,
SDL_SCANCODE_LEFTBRACKET = 47,
SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHTBRACKET = 48,
SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH = 49, /**< Located at the lower left of the return
* key on ISO keyboards and at the right end
* of the QWERTY row on ANSI keyboards.
* Produces REVERSE SOLIDUS (backslash) and
* VERTICAL LINE in a US layout, REVERSE
* SOLIDUS and VERTICAL LINE in a UK Mac
* layout, NUMBER SIGN and TILDE in a UK
* Windows layout, DOLLAR SIGN and POUND SIGN
* in a Swiss German layout, NUMBER SIGN and
* APOSTROPHE in a German layout, GRAVE
* ACCENT and POUND SIGN in a French Mac
* layout, and ASTERISK and MICRO SIGN in a
* French Windows layout.
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSHASH = 50, /**< ISO USB keyboards actually use this code
* instead of 49 for the same key, but all
* OSes I've seen treat the two codes
* identically. So, as an implementor, unless
* your keyboard generates both of those
* codes and your OS treats them differently,
* you should generate SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH
* instead of this code. As a user, you
* should not rely on this code because SDL
* will never generate it with most (all?)
* keyboards.
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_SEMICOLON = 51,
SDL_SCANCODE_APOSTROPHE = 52,
SDL_SCANCODE_GRAVE = 53, /**< Located in the top left corner (on both ANSI
* and ISO keyboards). Produces GRAVE ACCENT and
* TILDE in a US Windows layout and in US and UK
* Mac layouts on ANSI keyboards, GRAVE ACCENT
* and NOT SIGN in a UK Windows layout, SECTION
* SIGN and PLUS-MINUS SIGN in US and UK Mac
* layouts on ISO keyboards, SECTION SIGN and
* DEGREE SIGN in a Swiss German layout (Mac:
* only on ISO keyboards), CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT and
* DEGREE SIGN in a German layout (Mac: only on
* ISO keyboards), SUPERSCRIPT TWO and TILDE in a
* French Windows layout, COMMERCIAL AT and
* NUMBER SIGN in a French Mac layout on ISO
* keyboards, and LESS-THAN SIGN and GREATER-THAN
* SIGN in a Swiss German, German, or French Mac
* layout on ANSI keyboards.
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_COMMA = 54,
SDL_SCANCODE_PERIOD = 55,
SDL_SCANCODE_SLASH = 56,
SDL_SCANCODE_CAPSLOCK = 57,
SDL_SCANCODE_F1 = 58,
SDL_SCANCODE_F2 = 59,
SDL_SCANCODE_F3 = 60,
SDL_SCANCODE_F4 = 61,
SDL_SCANCODE_F5 = 62,
SDL_SCANCODE_F6 = 63,
SDL_SCANCODE_F7 = 64,
SDL_SCANCODE_F8 = 65,
SDL_SCANCODE_F9 = 66,
SDL_SCANCODE_F10 = 67,
SDL_SCANCODE_F11 = 68,
SDL_SCANCODE_F12 = 69,
SDL_SCANCODE_PRINTSCREEN = 70,
SDL_SCANCODE_SCROLLLOCK = 71,
SDL_SCANCODE_PAUSE = 72,
SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT = 73, /**< insert on PC, help on some Mac keyboards (but
does send code 73, not 117) */
SDL_SCANCODE_HOME = 74,
SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP = 75,
SDL_SCANCODE_DELETE = 76,
SDL_SCANCODE_END = 77,
SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN = 78,
SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT = 79,
SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT = 80,
SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN = 81,
SDL_SCANCODE_UP = 82,
SDL_SCANCODE_NUMLOCKCLEAR = 83, /**< num lock on PC, clear on Mac keyboards
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE = 84,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY = 85,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS = 86,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS = 87,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER = 88,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1 = 89,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2 = 90,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3 = 91,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4 = 92,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5 = 93,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6 = 94,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7 = 95,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8 = 96,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9 = 97,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0 = 98,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD = 99,
SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH = 100, /**< This is the additional key that ISO
* keyboards have over ANSI ones,
* located between left shift and Y.
* Produces GRAVE ACCENT and TILDE in a
* US or UK Mac layout, REVERSE SOLIDUS
* (backslash) and VERTICAL LINE in a
* US or UK Windows layout, and
* LESS-THAN SIGN and GREATER-THAN SIGN
* in a Swiss German, German, or French
* layout. */
SDL_SCANCODE_APPLICATION = 101, /**< windows contextual menu, compose */
SDL_SCANCODE_POWER = 102, /**< The USB document says this is a status flag,
* not a physical key - but some Mac keyboards
* do have a power key. */
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS = 103,
SDL_SCANCODE_F13 = 104,
SDL_SCANCODE_F14 = 105,
SDL_SCANCODE_F15 = 106,
SDL_SCANCODE_F16 = 107,
SDL_SCANCODE_F17 = 108,
SDL_SCANCODE_F18 = 109,
SDL_SCANCODE_F19 = 110,
SDL_SCANCODE_F20 = 111,
SDL_SCANCODE_F21 = 112,
SDL_SCANCODE_F22 = 113,
SDL_SCANCODE_F23 = 114,
SDL_SCANCODE_F24 = 115,
SDL_SCANCODE_EXECUTE = 116,
SDL_SCANCODE_HELP = 117,
SDL_SCANCODE_MENU = 118,
SDL_SCANCODE_SELECT = 119,
SDL_SCANCODE_STOP = 120,
SDL_SCANCODE_AGAIN = 121, /**< redo */
SDL_SCANCODE_UNDO = 122,
SDL_SCANCODE_CUT = 123,
SDL_SCANCODE_COPY = 124,
SDL_SCANCODE_PASTE = 125,
SDL_SCANCODE_FIND = 126,
SDL_SCANCODE_MUTE = 127,
SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEUP = 128,
SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEDOWN = 129,
/* not sure whether there's a reason to enable these */
/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGCAPSLOCK = 130, */
/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGNUMLOCK = 131, */
/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGSCROLLLOCK = 132, */
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COMMA = 133,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALSAS400 = 134,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL1 = 135, /**< used on Asian keyboards, see
footnotes in USB doc */
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL2 = 136,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL3 = 137, /**< Yen */
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL4 = 138,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL5 = 139,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL6 = 140,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL7 = 141,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL8 = 142,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL9 = 143,
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG1 = 144, /**< Hangul/English toggle */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG2 = 145, /**< Hanja conversion */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG3 = 146, /**< Katakana */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG4 = 147, /**< Hiragana */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG5 = 148, /**< Zenkaku/Hankaku */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG6 = 149, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG7 = 150, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG8 = 151, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG9 = 152, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_ALTERASE = 153, /**< Erase-Eaze */
SDL_SCANCODE_SYSREQ = 154,
SDL_SCANCODE_CANCEL = 155,
SDL_SCANCODE_CLEAR = 156,
SDL_SCANCODE_PRIOR = 157,
SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2 = 158,
SDL_SCANCODE_SEPARATOR = 159,
SDL_SCANCODE_OUT = 160,
SDL_SCANCODE_OPER = 161,
SDL_SCANCODE_CLEARAGAIN = 162,
SDL_SCANCODE_CRSEL = 163,
SDL_SCANCODE_EXSEL = 164,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_00 = 176,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_000 = 177,
SDL_SCANCODE_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR = 178,
SDL_SCANCODE_DECIMALSEPARATOR = 179,
SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYUNIT = 180,
SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYSUBUNIT = 181,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTPAREN = 182,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTPAREN = 183,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTBRACE = 184,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTBRACE = 185,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_TAB = 186,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE = 187,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_A = 188,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_B = 189,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_C = 190,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_D = 191,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_E = 192,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_F = 193,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_XOR = 194,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_POWER = 195,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERCENT = 196,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LESS = 197,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_GREATER = 198,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AMPERSAND = 199,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLAMPERSAND = 200,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_VERTICALBAR = 201,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR = 202,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COLON = 203,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HASH = 204,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_SPACE = 205,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AT = 206,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EXCLAM = 207,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSTORE = 208,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMRECALL = 209,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMCLEAR = 210,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMADD = 211,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSUBTRACT = 212,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMMULTIPLY = 213,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMDIVIDE = 214,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUSMINUS = 215,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEAR = 216,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEARENTRY = 217,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BINARY = 218,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_OCTAL = 219,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DECIMAL = 220,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HEXADECIMAL = 221,
SDL_SCANCODE_LCTRL = 224,
SDL_SCANCODE_LSHIFT = 225,
SDL_SCANCODE_LALT = 226, /**< alt, option */
SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI = 227, /**< windows, command (apple), meta */
SDL_SCANCODE_RCTRL = 228,
SDL_SCANCODE_RSHIFT = 229,
SDL_SCANCODE_RALT = 230, /**< alt gr, option */
SDL_SCANCODE_RGUI = 231, /**< windows, command (apple), meta */
SDL_SCANCODE_MODE = 257, /**< I'm not sure if this is really not covered
* by any of the above, but since there's a
* special KMOD_MODE for it I'm adding it here
*/
/* @} *//* Usage page 0x07 */
/**
* \name Usage page 0x0C
*
* These values are mapped from usage page 0x0C (USB consumer page).
*/
/* @{ */
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIONEXT = 258,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPREV = 259,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOSTOP = 260,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPLAY = 261,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOMUTE = 262,
SDL_SCANCODE_MEDIASELECT = 263,
SDL_SCANCODE_WWW = 264,
SDL_SCANCODE_MAIL = 265,
SDL_SCANCODE_CALCULATOR = 266,
SDL_SCANCODE_COMPUTER = 267,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_SEARCH = 268,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_HOME = 269,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK = 270,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_FORWARD = 271,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_STOP = 272,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_REFRESH = 273,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BOOKMARKS = 274,
/* @} *//* Usage page 0x0C */
/**
* \name Walther keys
*
* These are values that Christian Walther added (for mac keyboard?).
*/
/* @{ */
SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSDOWN = 275,
SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSUP = 276,
SDL_SCANCODE_DISPLAYSWITCH = 277, /**< display mirroring/dual display
switch, video mode switch */
SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMTOGGLE = 278,
SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMDOWN = 279,
SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMUP = 280,
SDL_SCANCODE_EJECT = 281,
SDL_SCANCODE_SLEEP = 282,
SDL_SCANCODE_APP1 = 283,
SDL_SCANCODE_APP2 = 284,
/* @} *//* Walther keys */
/**
* \name Usage page 0x0C (additional media keys)
*
* These values are mapped from usage page 0x0C (USB consumer page).
*/
/* @{ */
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOREWIND = 285,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOFASTFORWARD = 286,
/* @} *//* Usage page 0x0C (additional media keys) */
/* Add any other keys here. */
SDL_NUM_SCANCODES = 512 /**< not a key, just marks the number of scancodes
for array bounds */
} SDL_Scancode;
#endif /* SDL_scancode_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_sensor.h
+251
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_sensor.h
*
* Include file for SDL sensor event handling
*
*/
#ifndef SDL_sensor_h_
#define SDL_sensor_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
extern "C" {
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif
/**
* \brief SDL_sensor.h
*
* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
* with the ::SDL_INIT_SENSOR flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
* for sensors, and load appropriate drivers.
*/
struct _SDL_Sensor;
typedef struct _SDL_Sensor SDL_Sensor;
/**
* This is a unique ID for a sensor for the time it is connected to the system,
* and is never reused for the lifetime of the application.
*
* The ID value starts at 0 and increments from there. The value -1 is an invalid ID.
*/
typedef Sint32 SDL_SensorID;
/* The different sensors defined by SDL
*
* Additional sensors may be available, using platform dependent semantics.
*
* Hare are the additional Android sensors:
* https://developer.android.com/reference/android/hardware/SensorEvent.html#values
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_SENSOR_INVALID = -1, /**< Returned for an invalid sensor */
SDL_SENSOR_UNKNOWN, /**< Unknown sensor type */
SDL_SENSOR_ACCEL, /**< Accelerometer */
SDL_SENSOR_GYRO /**< Gyroscope */
} SDL_SensorType;
/**
* Accelerometer sensor
*
* The accelerometer returns the current acceleration in SI meters per
* second squared. This includes gravity, so a device at rest will have
* an acceleration of SDL_STANDARD_GRAVITY straight down.
*
* values[0]: Acceleration on the x axis
* values[1]: Acceleration on the y axis
* values[2]: Acceleration on the z axis
*
* For phones held in portrait mode, the axes are defined as follows:
* -X ... +X : left ... right
* -Y ... +Y : bottom ... top
* -Z ... +Z : farther ... closer
*
* The axis data is not changed when the phone is rotated.
*
* \sa SDL_GetDisplayOrientation()
*/
#define SDL_STANDARD_GRAVITY 9.80665f
/**
* Gyroscope sensor
*
* The gyroscope returns the current rate of rotation in radians per second.
* The rotation is positive in the counter-clockwise direction. That is,
* an observer looking from a positive location on one of the axes would
* see positive rotation on that axis when it appeared to be rotating
* counter-clockwise.
*
* values[0]: Angular speed around the x axis
* values[1]: Angular speed around the y axis
* values[2]: Angular speed around the z axis
*
* For phones held in portrait mode, the axes are defined as follows:
* -X ... +X : left ... right
* -Y ... +Y : bottom ... top
* -Z ... +Z : farther ... closer
*
* The axis data is not changed when the phone is rotated.
*
* \sa SDL_GetDisplayOrientation()
*/
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Count the number of sensors attached to the system right now
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumSensors(void);
/**
* \brief Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor.
*
* This can be called before any sensors are opened.
*
* \return The sensor name, or NULL if device_index is out of range.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceName(int device_index);
/**
* \brief Get the type of a sensor.
*
* This can be called before any sensors are opened.
*
* \return The sensor type, or SDL_SENSOR_INVALID if device_index is out of range.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorType SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceType(int device_index);
/**
* \brief Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
*
* This can be called before any sensors are opened.
*
* \return The sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if device_index is out of range.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceNonPortableType(int device_index);
/**
* \brief Get the instance ID of a sensor.
*
* This can be called before any sensors are opened.
*
* \return The sensor instance ID, or -1 if device_index is out of range.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorID SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceInstanceID(int device_index);
/**
* \brief Open a sensor for use.
*
* The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th sensor on the system.
*
* \return A sensor identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Sensor *SDLCALL SDL_SensorOpen(int device_index);
/**
* Return the SDL_Sensor associated with an instance id.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Sensor *SDLCALL SDL_SensorFromInstanceID(SDL_SensorID instance_id);
/**
* \brief Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor.
*
* \return The sensor name, or NULL if the sensor is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetName(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
/**
* \brief Get the type of a sensor.
*
* This can be called before any sensors are opened.
*
* \return The sensor type, or SDL_SENSOR_INVALID if the sensor is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorType SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetType(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
/**
* \brief Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
*
* This can be called before any sensors are opened.
*
* \return The sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if the sensor is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetNonPortableType(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
/**
* \brief Get the instance ID of a sensor.
*
* This can be called before any sensors are opened.
*
* \return The sensor instance ID, or -1 if the sensor is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorID SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetInstanceID(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
/**
* Get the current state of an opened sensor.
*
* The number of values and interpretation of the data is sensor dependent.
*
* \param sensor The sensor to query
* \param data A pointer filled with the current sensor state
* \param num_values The number of values to write to data
*
* \return 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetData(SDL_Sensor * sensor, float *data, int num_values);
/**
* Close a sensor previously opened with SDL_SensorOpen()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SensorClose(SDL_Sensor * sensor);
/**
* Update the current state of the open sensors.
*
* This is called automatically by the event loop if sensor events are enabled.
*
* This needs to be called from the thread that initialized the sensor subsystem.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SensorUpdate(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
}
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_sensor_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_shape.h
+144
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_shape_h_
#define SDL_shape_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_pixels.h"
#include "SDL_rect.h"
#include "SDL_surface.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** \file SDL_shape.h
*
* Header file for the shaped window API.
*/
#define SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW -1
#define SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT -2
#define SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE -3
/**
* \brief Create a window that can be shaped with the specified position, dimensions, and flags.
*
* \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
* \param x The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
* ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
* \param y The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
* ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
* \param w The width of the window.
* \param h The height of the window.
* \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS with any of the following:
* ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL, ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN, ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED, ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS is always set, and ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN is always unset.
*
* \return The window created, or NULL if window creation failed.
*
* \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateShapedWindow(const char *title,unsigned int x,unsigned int y,unsigned int w,unsigned int h,Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Return whether the given window is a shaped window.
*
* \param window The window to query for being shaped.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the window is a window that can be shaped, SDL_FALSE if the window is unshaped or NULL.
*
* \sa SDL_CreateShapedWindow
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsShapedWindow(const SDL_Window *window);
/** \brief An enum denoting the specific type of contents present in an SDL_WindowShapeParams union. */
typedef enum {
/** \brief The default mode, a binarized alpha cutoff of 1. */
ShapeModeDefault,
/** \brief A binarized alpha cutoff with a given integer value. */
ShapeModeBinarizeAlpha,
/** \brief A binarized alpha cutoff with a given integer value, but with the opposite comparison. */
ShapeModeReverseBinarizeAlpha,
/** \brief A color key is applied. */
ShapeModeColorKey
} WindowShapeMode;
#define SDL_SHAPEMODEALPHA(mode) (mode == ShapeModeDefault || mode == ShapeModeBinarizeAlpha || mode == ShapeModeReverseBinarizeAlpha)
/** \brief A union containing parameters for shaped windows. */
typedef union {
/** \brief A cutoff alpha value for binarization of the window shape's alpha channel. */
Uint8 binarizationCutoff;
SDL_Color colorKey;
} SDL_WindowShapeParams;
/** \brief A struct that tags the SDL_WindowShapeParams union with an enum describing the type of its contents. */
typedef struct SDL_WindowShapeMode {
/** \brief The mode of these window-shape parameters. */
WindowShapeMode mode;
/** \brief Window-shape parameters. */
SDL_WindowShapeParams parameters;
} SDL_WindowShapeMode;
/**
* \brief Set the shape and parameters of a shaped window.
*
* \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be set.
* \param shape A surface encoding the desired shape for the window.
* \param shape_mode The parameters to set for the shaped window.
*
* \return 0 on success, SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT on an invalid shape argument, or SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW
* if the SDL_Window given does not reference a valid shaped window.
*
* \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
* \sa SDL_GetShapedWindowMode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowShape(SDL_Window *window,SDL_Surface *shape,SDL_WindowShapeMode *shape_mode);
/**
* \brief Get the shape parameters of a shaped window.
*
* \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be retrieved.
* \param shape_mode An empty shape-mode structure to fill, or NULL to check whether the window has a shape.
*
* \return 0 if the window has a shape and, provided shape_mode was not NULL, shape_mode has been filled with the mode
* data, SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW if the SDL_Window given is not a shaped window, or SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE if
* the SDL_Window given is a shapeable window currently lacking a shape.
*
* \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
* \sa SDL_SetWindowShape
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetShapedWindowMode(SDL_Window *window,SDL_WindowShapeMode *shape_mode);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_shape_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_stdinc.h
+610
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_stdinc.h
*
* This is a general header that includes C language support.
*/
#ifndef SDL_stdinc_h_
#define SDL_stdinc_h_
#include "SDL_config.h"
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS)
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# if defined(HAVE_STDLIB_H)
# include <stdlib.h>
# elif defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H)
# include <malloc.h>
# endif
# if defined(HAVE_STDDEF_H)
# include <stddef.h>
# endif
# if defined(HAVE_STDARG_H)
# include <stdarg.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# if !defined(STDC_HEADERS) && defined(HAVE_MEMORY_H)
# include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
# include <inttypes.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CTYPE_H
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MATH_H
# if defined(__WINRT__)
/* Defining _USE_MATH_DEFINES is required to get M_PI to be defined on
WinRT. See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/4hwaceh6.aspx
for more information.
*/
# define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
# endif
# include <math.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FLOAT_H
# include <float.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA) && !defined(alloca)
# if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H)
# include <alloca.h>
# elif defined(__GNUC__)
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
# include <malloc.h>
# elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
# include <malloc.h>
# elif defined(__DMC__)
# include <stdlib.h>
# elif defined(__AIX__)
#pragma alloca
# elif defined(__MRC__)
void *alloca(unsigned);
# else
char *alloca();
# endif
#endif
/**
* The number of elements in an array.
*/
#define SDL_arraysize(array) (sizeof(array)/sizeof(array[0]))
#define SDL_TABLESIZE(table) SDL_arraysize(table)
/**
* Macro useful for building other macros with strings in them
*
* e.g. #define LOG_ERROR(X) OutputDebugString(SDL_STRINGIFY_ARG(__FUNCTION__) ": " X "\n")
*/
#define SDL_STRINGIFY_ARG(arg) #arg
/**
* \name Cast operators
*
* Use proper C++ casts when compiled as C++ to be compatible with the option
* -Wold-style-cast of GCC (and -Werror=old-style-cast in GCC 4.2 and above).
*/
/* @{ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define SDL_reinterpret_cast(type, expression) reinterpret_cast<type>(expression)
#define SDL_static_cast(type, expression) static_cast<type>(expression)
#define SDL_const_cast(type, expression) const_cast<type>(expression)
#else
#define SDL_reinterpret_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
#define SDL_static_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
#define SDL_const_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
#endif
/* @} *//* Cast operators */
/* Define a four character code as a Uint32 */
#define SDL_FOURCC(A, B, C, D) \
((SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (A))) << 0) | \
(SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (B))) << 8) | \
(SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (C))) << 16) | \
(SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (D))) << 24))
/**
* \name Basic data types
*/
/* @{ */
#ifdef __CC_ARM
/* ARM's compiler throws warnings if we use an enum: like "SDL_bool x = a < b;" */
#define SDL_FALSE 0
#define SDL_TRUE 1
typedef int SDL_bool;
#else
typedef enum
{
SDL_FALSE = 0,
SDL_TRUE = 1
} SDL_bool;
#endif
/**
* \brief A signed 8-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_SINT8 ((Sint8)0x7F) /* 127 */
#define SDL_MIN_SINT8 ((Sint8)(~0x7F)) /* -128 */
typedef int8_t Sint8;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 8-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_UINT8 ((Uint8)0xFF) /* 255 */
#define SDL_MIN_UINT8 ((Uint8)0x00) /* 0 */
typedef uint8_t Uint8;
/**
* \brief A signed 16-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_SINT16 ((Sint16)0x7FFF) /* 32767 */
#define SDL_MIN_SINT16 ((Sint16)(~0x7FFF)) /* -32768 */
typedef int16_t Sint16;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 16-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_UINT16 ((Uint16)0xFFFF) /* 65535 */
#define SDL_MIN_UINT16 ((Uint16)0x0000) /* 0 */
typedef uint16_t Uint16;
/**
* \brief A signed 32-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_SINT32 ((Sint32)0x7FFFFFFF) /* 2147483647 */
#define SDL_MIN_SINT32 ((Sint32)(~0x7FFFFFFF)) /* -2147483648 */
typedef int32_t Sint32;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 32-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_UINT32 ((Uint32)0xFFFFFFFFu) /* 4294967295 */
#define SDL_MIN_UINT32 ((Uint32)0x00000000) /* 0 */
typedef uint32_t Uint32;
/**
* \brief A signed 64-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_SINT64 ((Sint64)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFll) /* 9223372036854775807 */
#define SDL_MIN_SINT64 ((Sint64)(~0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFll)) /* -9223372036854775808 */
typedef int64_t Sint64;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 64-bit integer type.
*/
#define SDL_MAX_UINT64 ((Uint64)0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull) /* 18446744073709551615 */
#define SDL_MIN_UINT64 ((Uint64)(0x0000000000000000ull)) /* 0 */
typedef uint64_t Uint64;
/* @} *//* Basic data types */
/* Make sure we have macros for printing 64 bit values.
* <stdint.h> should define these but this is not true all platforms.
* (for example win32) */
#ifndef SDL_PRIs64
#ifdef PRIs64
#define SDL_PRIs64 PRIs64
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
#define SDL_PRIs64 "I64d"
#elif defined(__LINUX__) && defined(__LP64__)
#define SDL_PRIs64 "ld"
#else
#define SDL_PRIs64 "lld"
#endif
#endif
#ifndef SDL_PRIu64
#ifdef PRIu64
#define SDL_PRIu64 PRIu64
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
#define SDL_PRIu64 "I64u"
#elif defined(__LINUX__) && defined(__LP64__)
#define SDL_PRIu64 "lu"
#else
#define SDL_PRIu64 "llu"
#endif
#endif
#ifndef SDL_PRIx64
#ifdef PRIx64
#define SDL_PRIx64 PRIx64
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
#define SDL_PRIx64 "I64x"
#elif defined(__LINUX__) && defined(__LP64__)
#define SDL_PRIx64 "lx"
#else
#define SDL_PRIx64 "llx"
#endif
#endif
#ifndef SDL_PRIX64
#ifdef PRIX64
#define SDL_PRIX64 PRIX64
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
#define SDL_PRIX64 "I64X"
#elif defined(__LINUX__) && defined(__LP64__)
#define SDL_PRIX64 "lX"
#else
#define SDL_PRIX64 "llX"
#endif
#endif
/* Annotations to help code analysis tools */
#ifdef SDL_DISABLE_ANALYZE_MACROS
#define SDL_IN_BYTECAP(x)
#define SDL_INOUT_Z_CAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_CAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_BYTECAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_Z_BYTECAP(x)
#define SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING
#define SDL_SCANF_FORMAT_STRING
#define SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC( fmtargnumber )
#define SDL_SCANF_VARARG_FUNC( fmtargnumber )
#else
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1600) /* VS 2010 and above */
#include <sal.h>
#define SDL_IN_BYTECAP(x) _In_bytecount_(x)
#define SDL_INOUT_Z_CAP(x) _Inout_z_cap_(x)
#define SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(x) _Out_z_cap_(x)
#define SDL_OUT_CAP(x) _Out_cap_(x)
#define SDL_OUT_BYTECAP(x) _Out_bytecap_(x)
#define SDL_OUT_Z_BYTECAP(x) _Out_z_bytecap_(x)
#define SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING _Printf_format_string_
#define SDL_SCANF_FORMAT_STRING _Scanf_format_string_impl_
#else
#define SDL_IN_BYTECAP(x)
#define SDL_INOUT_Z_CAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_CAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_BYTECAP(x)
#define SDL_OUT_Z_BYTECAP(x)
#define SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING
#define SDL_SCANF_FORMAT_STRING
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#define SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC( fmtargnumber ) __attribute__ (( format( __printf__, fmtargnumber, fmtargnumber+1 )))
#define SDL_SCANF_VARARG_FUNC( fmtargnumber ) __attribute__ (( format( __scanf__, fmtargnumber, fmtargnumber+1 )))
#else
#define SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC( fmtargnumber )
#define SDL_SCANF_VARARG_FUNC( fmtargnumber )
#endif
#endif /* SDL_DISABLE_ANALYZE_MACROS */
#define SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(name, x) \
typedef int SDL_compile_time_assert_ ## name[(x) * 2 - 1]
/** \cond */
#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint8, sizeof(Uint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint8, sizeof(Sint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint16, sizeof(Uint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint16, sizeof(Sint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint32, sizeof(Uint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint32, sizeof(Sint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint64, sizeof(Uint64) == 8);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint64, sizeof(Sint64) == 8);
#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS */
/** \endcond */
/* Check to make sure enums are the size of ints, for structure packing.
For both Watcom C/C++ and Borland C/C++ the compiler option that makes
enums having the size of an int must be enabled.
This is "-b" for Borland C/C++ and "-ei" for Watcom C/C++ (v11).
*/
/** \cond */
#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS
#if !defined(__ANDROID__)
/* TODO: include/SDL_stdinc.h:174: error: size of array 'SDL_dummy_enum' is negative */
typedef enum
{
DUMMY_ENUM_VALUE
} SDL_DUMMY_ENUM;
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(enum, sizeof(SDL_DUMMY_ENUM) == sizeof(int));
#endif
#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS */
/** \endcond */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)alloca(sizeof(type)*(count))
#define SDL_stack_free(data)
#else
#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)SDL_malloc(sizeof(type)*(count))
#define SDL_stack_free(data) SDL_free(data)
#endif
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_malloc(size_t size);
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_realloc(void *mem, size_t size);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_free(void *mem);
typedef void *(SDLCALL *SDL_malloc_func)(size_t size);
typedef void *(SDLCALL *SDL_calloc_func)(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
typedef void *(SDLCALL *SDL_realloc_func)(void *mem, size_t size);
typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_free_func)(void *mem);
/**
* \brief Get the current set of SDL memory functions
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetMemoryFunctions(SDL_malloc_func *malloc_func,
SDL_calloc_func *calloc_func,
SDL_realloc_func *realloc_func,
SDL_free_func *free_func);
/**
* \brief Replace SDL's memory allocation functions with a custom set
*
* \note If you are replacing SDL's memory functions, you should call
* SDL_GetNumAllocations() and be very careful if it returns non-zero.
* That means that your free function will be called with memory
* allocated by the previous memory allocation functions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetMemoryFunctions(SDL_malloc_func malloc_func,
SDL_calloc_func calloc_func,
SDL_realloc_func realloc_func,
SDL_free_func free_func);
/**
* \brief Get the number of outstanding (unfreed) allocations
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAllocations(void);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_getenv(const char *name);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_qsort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, int (*compare) (const void *, const void *));
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_abs(int x);
/* !!! FIXME: these have side effects. You probably shouldn't use them. */
/* !!! FIXME: Maybe we do forceinline functions of SDL_mini, SDL_minf, etc? */
#define SDL_min(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#define SDL_max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_isdigit(int x);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_isspace(int x);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_toupper(int x);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_tolower(int x);
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memset(SDL_OUT_BYTECAP(len) void *dst, int c, size_t len);
#define SDL_zero(x) SDL_memset(&(x), 0, sizeof((x)))
#define SDL_zerop(x) SDL_memset((x), 0, sizeof(*(x)))
#define SDL_zeroa(x) SDL_memset((x), 0, sizeof((x)))
/* Note that memset() is a byte assignment and this is a 32-bit assignment, so they're not directly equivalent. */
SDL_FORCE_INLINE void SDL_memset4(void *dst, Uint32 val, size_t dwords)
{
#ifdef __APPLE__
memset_pattern4(dst, &val, dwords * 4);
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
int u0, u1, u2;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"cld \n\t"
"rep ; stosl \n\t"
: "=&D" (u0), "=&a" (u1), "=&c" (u2)
: "0" (dst), "1" (val), "2" (SDL_static_cast(Uint32, dwords))
: "memory"
);
#else
size_t _n = (dwords + 3) / 4;
Uint32 *_p = SDL_static_cast(Uint32 *, dst);
Uint32 _val = (val);
if (dwords == 0)
return;
switch (dwords % 4)
{
case 0: do { *_p++ = _val; /* fallthrough */
case 3: *_p++ = _val; /* fallthrough */
case 2: *_p++ = _val; /* fallthrough */
case 1: *_p++ = _val; /* fallthrough */
} while ( --_n );
}
#endif
}
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memcpy(SDL_OUT_BYTECAP(len) void *dst, SDL_IN_BYTECAP(len) const void *src, size_t len);
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memmove(SDL_OUT_BYTECAP(len) void *dst, SDL_IN_BYTECAP(len) const void *src, size_t len);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len);
extern DECLSPEC wchar_t *SDLCALL SDL_wcsdup(const wchar_t *wstr);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslen(const wchar_t *wstr);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslcpy(SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(maxlen) wchar_t *dst, const wchar_t *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslcat(SDL_INOUT_Z_CAP(maxlen) wchar_t *dst, const wchar_t *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_wcscmp(const wchar_t *str1, const wchar_t *str2);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlen(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcpy(SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(maxlen) char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_utf8strlcpy(SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(dst_bytes) char *dst, const char *src, size_t dst_bytes);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcat(SDL_INOUT_Z_CAP(maxlen) char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strdup(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strrev(char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strupr(char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strlwr(char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strchr(const char *str, int c);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strrchr(const char *str, int c);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_utf8strlen(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_itoa(int value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_uitoa(unsigned int value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ltoa(long value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ultoa(unsigned long value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_lltoa(Sint64 value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ulltoa(Uint64 value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_atoi(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atof(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC long SDLCALL SDL_strtol(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC unsigned long SDLCALL SDL_strtoul(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoll(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoull(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_strtod(const char *str, char **endp);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t len);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_sscanf(const char *text, SDL_SCANF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_SCANF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_vsscanf(const char *text, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_snprintf(SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(maxlen) char *text, size_t maxlen, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ... ) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(3);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_vsnprintf(SDL_OUT_Z_CAP(maxlen) char *text, size_t maxlen, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
#ifndef HAVE_M_PI
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288 /**< pi */
#endif
#endif
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_acos(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_acosf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_asin(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_asinf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atan(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_atanf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atan2(double x, double y);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_atan2f(float x, float y);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_ceil(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_ceilf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_copysign(double x, double y);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_copysignf(float x, float y);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_cos(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_cosf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_exp(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_expf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_fabs(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_fabsf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_floor(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_floorf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_fmod(double x, double y);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_fmodf(float x, float y);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_log(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_logf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_log10(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_log10f(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_pow(double x, double y);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_powf(float x, float y);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_scalbn(double x, int n);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_scalbnf(float x, int n);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_sin(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_sinf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_sqrt(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_sqrtf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_tan(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_tanf(float x);
/* The SDL implementation of iconv() returns these error codes */
#define SDL_ICONV_ERROR (size_t)-1
#define SDL_ICONV_E2BIG (size_t)-2
#define SDL_ICONV_EILSEQ (size_t)-3
#define SDL_ICONV_EINVAL (size_t)-4
/* SDL_iconv_* are now always real symbols/types, not macros or inlined. */
typedef struct _SDL_iconv_t *SDL_iconv_t;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_iconv_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv_open(const char *tocode,
const char *fromcode);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iconv_close(SDL_iconv_t cd);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv(SDL_iconv_t cd, const char **inbuf,
size_t * inbytesleft, char **outbuf,
size_t * outbytesleft);
/**
* This function converts a string between encodings in one pass, returning a
* string that must be freed with SDL_free() or NULL on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_iconv_string(const char *tocode,
const char *fromcode,
const char *inbuf,
size_t inbytesleft);
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_locale(S) SDL_iconv_string("", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs2(S) (Uint16 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-2-INTERNAL", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs4(S) (Uint32 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-4-INTERNAL", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
/* force builds using Clang's static analysis tools to use literal C runtime
here, since there are possibly tests that are ineffective otherwise. */
#if defined(__clang_analyzer__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_ANALYZE_MACROS)
#define SDL_malloc malloc
#define SDL_calloc calloc
#define SDL_realloc realloc
#define SDL_free free
#define SDL_memset memset
#define SDL_memcpy memcpy
#define SDL_memmove memmove
#define SDL_memcmp memcmp
#define SDL_strlen strlen
#define SDL_strlcpy strlcpy
#define SDL_strlcat strlcat
#define SDL_strdup strdup
#define SDL_strchr strchr
#define SDL_strrchr strrchr
#define SDL_strstr strstr
#define SDL_strcmp strcmp
#define SDL_strncmp strncmp
#define SDL_strcasecmp strcasecmp
#define SDL_strncasecmp strncasecmp
#define SDL_sscanf sscanf
#define SDL_vsscanf vsscanf
#define SDL_snprintf snprintf
#define SDL_vsnprintf vsnprintf
#endif
SDL_FORCE_INLINE void *SDL_memcpy4(SDL_OUT_BYTECAP(dwords*4) void *dst, SDL_IN_BYTECAP(dwords*4) const void *src, size_t dwords)
{
return SDL_memcpy(dst, src, dwords * 4);
}
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_stdinc_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_surface.h
+554
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_surface.h
*
* Header file for ::SDL_Surface definition and management functions.
*/
#ifndef SDL_surface_h_
#define SDL_surface_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_pixels.h"
#include "SDL_rect.h"
#include "SDL_blendmode.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name Surface flags
*
* These are the currently supported flags for the ::SDL_Surface.
*
* \internal
* Used internally (read-only).
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_SWSURFACE 0 /**< Just here for compatibility */
#define SDL_PREALLOC 0x00000001 /**< Surface uses preallocated memory */
#define SDL_RLEACCEL 0x00000002 /**< Surface is RLE encoded */
#define SDL_DONTFREE 0x00000004 /**< Surface is referenced internally */
#define SDL_SIMD_ALIGNED 0x00000008 /**< Surface uses aligned memory */
/* @} *//* Surface flags */
/**
* Evaluates to true if the surface needs to be locked before access.
*/
#define SDL_MUSTLOCK(S) (((S)->flags & SDL_RLEACCEL) != 0)
/**
* \brief A collection of pixels used in software blitting.
*
* \note This structure should be treated as read-only, except for \c pixels,
* which, if not NULL, contains the raw pixel data for the surface.
*/
typedef struct SDL_Surface
{
Uint32 flags; /**< Read-only */
SDL_PixelFormat *format; /**< Read-only */
int w, h; /**< Read-only */
int pitch; /**< Read-only */
void *pixels; /**< Read-write */
/** Application data associated with the surface */
void *userdata; /**< Read-write */
/** information needed for surfaces requiring locks */
int locked; /**< Read-only */
void *lock_data; /**< Read-only */
/** clipping information */
SDL_Rect clip_rect; /**< Read-only */
/** info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces */
struct SDL_BlitMap *map; /**< Private */
/** Reference count -- used when freeing surface */
int refcount; /**< Read-mostly */
} SDL_Surface;
/**
* \brief The type of function used for surface blitting functions.
*/
typedef int (SDLCALL *SDL_blit) (struct SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
struct SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* \brief The formula used for converting between YUV and RGB
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_JPEG, /**< Full range JPEG */
SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_BT601, /**< BT.601 (the default) */
SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_BT709, /**< BT.709 */
SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_AUTOMATIC /**< BT.601 for SD content, BT.709 for HD content */
} SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE;
/**
* Allocate and free an RGB surface.
*
* If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
* If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
* flags '[RGB]mask'.
*
* If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
*
* \param flags The \c flags are obsolete and should be set to 0.
* \param width The width in pixels of the surface to create.
* \param height The height in pixels of the surface to create.
* \param depth The depth in bits of the surface to create.
* \param Rmask The red mask of the surface to create.
* \param Gmask The green mask of the surface to create.
* \param Bmask The blue mask of the surface to create.
* \param Amask The alpha mask of the surface to create.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurface
(Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth,
Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
/* !!! FIXME for 2.1: why does this ask for depth? Format provides that. */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormat
(Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth, Uint32 format);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
int width,
int height,
int depth,
int pitch,
Uint32 Rmask,
Uint32 Gmask,
Uint32 Bmask,
Uint32 Amask);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormatFrom
(void *pixels, int width, int height, int depth, int pitch, Uint32 format);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* \brief Set the palette used by a surface.
*
* \return 0, or -1 if the surface format doesn't use a palette.
*
* \note A single palette can be shared with many surfaces.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfacePalette(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_Palette * palette);
/**
* \brief Sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
*
* Between calls to SDL_LockSurface() / SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
* to and read from \c surface->pixels, using the pixel format stored in
* \c surface->format. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
* use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
*
* Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
* to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
* pixel format of the surface will not change.
*
* No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
* pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
*
* SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
*
* \sa SDL_UnlockSurface()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
/** \sa SDL_LockSurface() */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* Load a surface from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
*
* If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
*
* The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
*
* \return the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
int freesrc);
/**
* Load a surface from a file.
*
* Convenience macro.
*/
#define SDL_LoadBMP(file) SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
/**
* Save a surface to a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
*
* Surfaces with a 24-bit, 32-bit and paletted 8-bit format get saved in the
* BMP directly. Other RGB formats with 8-bit or higher get converted to a
* 24-bit surface or, if they have an alpha mask or a colorkey, to a 32-bit
* surface before they are saved. YUV and paletted 1-bit and 4-bit formats are
* not supported.
*
* If \c freedst is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being written.
*
* \return 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
(SDL_Surface * surface, SDL_RWops * dst, int freedst);
/**
* Save a surface to a file.
*
* Convenience macro.
*/
#define SDL_SaveBMP(surface, file) \
SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
/**
* \brief Sets the RLE acceleration hint for a surface.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
*
* \note If RLE is enabled, colorkey and alpha blending blits are much faster,
* but the surface must be locked before directly accessing the pixels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceRLE(SDL_Surface * surface,
int flag);
/**
* \brief Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
*
* \param surface The surface to update
* \param flag Non-zero to enable colorkey and 0 to disable colorkey
* \param key The transparent pixel in the native surface format
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
*
* You can pass SDL_RLEACCEL to enable RLE accelerated blits.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
int flag, Uint32 key);
/**
* \brief Returns whether the surface has a color key
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the surface has a color key, or SDL_FALSE if the surface is NULL or has no color key
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* \brief Gets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
*
* \param surface The surface to update
* \param key A pointer filled in with the transparent pixel in the native
* surface format
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid or colorkey is not
* enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint32 * key);
/**
* \brief Set an additional color value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to update.
* \param r The red color value multiplied into blit operations.
* \param g The green color value multiplied into blit operations.
* \param b The blue color value multiplied into blit operations.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
/**
* \brief Get the additional color value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to query.
* \param r A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
* \param g A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
* \param b A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
Uint8 * b);
/**
* \brief Set an additional alpha value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to update.
* \param alpha The alpha value multiplied into blit operations.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 alpha);
/**
* \brief Get the additional alpha value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to query.
* \param alpha A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 * alpha);
/**
* \brief Set the blend mode used for blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to update.
* \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blit blending.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the parameters are not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
/**
* \brief Get the blend mode used for blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to query.
* \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
/**
* Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
*
* If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
*
* If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
* return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the
* function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
* the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
*
* Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
* and destination surfaces.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
const SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
*
* \c rect must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
* with the correct values.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_Rect * rect);
/*
* Creates a new surface identical to the existing surface
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_DuplicateSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
* the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
* fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL.
*
* The \c flags parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
* semantics. You can also pass ::SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
* SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
* surface.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurface
(SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_PixelFormat * fmt, Uint32 flags);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurfaceFormat
(SDL_Surface * src, Uint32 pixel_format, Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Copy a block of pixels of one format to another format
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if there was an error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertPixels(int width, int height,
Uint32 src_format,
const void * src, int src_pitch,
Uint32 dst_format,
void * dst, int dst_pitch);
/**
* Performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with \c color.
*
* If \c rect is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with \c color.
*
* The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
* can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRect
(SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rect, Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRects
(SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rects, int count, Uint32 color);
/**
* Performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface.
*
* This assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
* the same size. If either \c srcrect or \c dstrect are NULL, the entire
* surface (\c src or \c dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved
* in \c srcrect and \c dstrect after all clipping is performed.
*
* \return If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
*
* The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
*
* The blit semantics for surfaces with and without blending and colorkey
* are defined as follows:
* \verbatim
RGBA->RGB:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy RGB.
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
comparison.
RGB->RGBA:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy RGB, set destination alpha to source per-surface alpha value.
both:
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
source color key.
RGBA->RGBA:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy all of RGBA to the destination.
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
comparison.
RGB->RGB:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy RGB.
both:
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
source color key.
\endverbatim
*
* You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
* blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions.
*/
#define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
/**
* This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
* rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlit
(SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
* blitting only.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlit
(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* \brief Perform a fast, low quality, stretch blit between two surfaces of the
* same pixel format.
*
* \note This function uses a static buffer, and is not thread-safe.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface * src,
const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst,
const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
#define SDL_BlitScaled SDL_UpperBlitScaled
/**
* This is the public scaled blit function, SDL_BlitScaled(), and it performs
* rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlitScaled()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlitScaled
(SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
* scaled blitting only.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlitScaled
(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* \brief Set the YUV conversion mode
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetYUVConversionMode(SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE mode);
/**
* \brief Get the YUV conversion mode
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE SDLCALL SDL_GetYUVConversionMode(void);
/**
* \brief Get the YUV conversion mode, returning the correct mode for the resolution when the current conversion mode is SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_AUTOMATIC
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE SDLCALL SDL_GetYUVConversionModeForResolution(int width, int height);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_surface_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_system.h
+279
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_system.h
*
* Include file for platform specific SDL API functions
*/
#ifndef SDL_system_h_
#define SDL_system_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
#include "SDL_render.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Platform specific functions for Windows */
#ifdef __WIN32__
/**
\brief Set a function that is called for every windows message, before TranslateMessage()
*/
typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_WindowsMessageHook)(void *userdata, void *hWnd, unsigned int message, Uint64 wParam, Sint64 lParam);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowsMessageHook(SDL_WindowsMessageHook callback, void *userdata);
/**
\brief Returns the D3D9 adapter index that matches the specified display index.
This adapter index can be passed to IDirect3D9::CreateDevice and controls
on which monitor a full screen application will appear.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Direct3D9GetAdapterIndex( int displayIndex );
typedef struct IDirect3DDevice9 IDirect3DDevice9;
/**
\brief Returns the D3D device associated with a renderer, or NULL if it's not a D3D renderer.
Once you are done using the device, you should release it to avoid a resource leak.
*/
extern DECLSPEC IDirect3DDevice9* SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetD3D9Device(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
/**
\brief Returns the DXGI Adapter and Output indices for the specified display index.
These can be passed to EnumAdapters and EnumOutputs respectively to get the objects
required to create a DX10 or DX11 device and swap chain.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_DXGIGetOutputInfo( int displayIndex, int *adapterIndex, int *outputIndex );
#endif /* __WIN32__ */
/* Platform specific functions for Linux */
#ifdef __LINUX__
/**
\brief Sets the UNIX nice value for a thread, using setpriority() if possible, and RealtimeKit if available.
\return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LinuxSetThreadPriority(Sint64 threadID, int priority);
#endif /* __LINUX__ */
/* Platform specific functions for iOS */
#if defined(__IPHONEOS__) && __IPHONEOS__
#define SDL_iOSSetAnimationCallback(window, interval, callback, callbackParam) SDL_iPhoneSetAnimationCallback(window, interval, callback, callbackParam)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetAnimationCallback(SDL_Window * window, int interval, void (*callback)(void*), void *callbackParam);
#define SDL_iOSSetEventPump(enabled) SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(enabled)
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(SDL_bool enabled);
#endif /* __IPHONEOS__ */
/* Platform specific functions for Android */
#if defined(__ANDROID__) && __ANDROID__
/**
\brief Get the JNI environment for the current thread
This returns JNIEnv*, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv(void);
/**
\brief Get the SDL Activity object for the application
This returns jobject, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
The jobject returned by SDL_AndroidGetActivity is a local reference.
It is the caller's responsibility to properly release it
(using env->Push/PopLocalFrame or manually with env->DeleteLocalRef)
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetActivity(void);
/**
\brief Return true if the application is running on Android TV
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsAndroidTV(void);
/**
\brief Return true if the application is running on a Chromebook
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsChromebook(void);
/**
\brief Return true is the application is running on a Samsung DeX docking station
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsDeXMode(void);
/**
\brief Trigger the Android system back button behavior.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AndroidBackButton(void);
/**
See the official Android developer guide for more information:
http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/data/data-storage.html
*/
#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ 0x01
#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE 0x02
/**
\brief Get the path used for internal storage for this application.
This path is unique to your application and cannot be written to
by other applications.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetInternalStoragePath(void);
/**
\brief Get the current state of external storage, a bitmask of these values:
SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ
SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE
If external storage is currently unavailable, this will return 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStorageState(void);
/**
\brief Get the path used for external storage for this application.
This path is unique to your application, but is public and can be
written to by other applications.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStoragePath(void);
#endif /* __ANDROID__ */
/* Platform specific functions for WinRT */
#if defined(__WINRT__) && __WINRT__
/**
* \brief WinRT / Windows Phone path types
*/
typedef enum
{
/** \brief The installed app's root directory.
Files here are likely to be read-only. */
SDL_WINRT_PATH_INSTALLED_LOCATION,
/** \brief The app's local data store. Files may be written here */
SDL_WINRT_PATH_LOCAL_FOLDER,
/** \brief The app's roaming data store. Unsupported on Windows Phone.
Files written here may be copied to other machines via a network
connection.
*/
SDL_WINRT_PATH_ROAMING_FOLDER,
/** \brief The app's temporary data store. Unsupported on Windows Phone.
Files written here may be deleted at any time. */
SDL_WINRT_PATH_TEMP_FOLDER
} SDL_WinRT_Path;
/**
* \brief WinRT Device Family
*/
typedef enum
{
/** \brief Unknown family */
SDL_WINRT_DEVICEFAMILY_UNKNOWN,
/** \brief Desktop family*/
SDL_WINRT_DEVICEFAMILY_DESKTOP,
/** \brief Mobile family (for example smartphone) */
SDL_WINRT_DEVICEFAMILY_MOBILE,
/** \brief XBox family */
SDL_WINRT_DEVICEFAMILY_XBOX,
} SDL_WinRT_DeviceFamily;
/**
* \brief Retrieves a WinRT defined path on the local file system
*
* \note Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT
* can be found on MSDN, at the URL:
* http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
*
* \param pathType The type of path to retrieve.
* \return A UCS-2 string (16-bit, wide-char) containing the path, or NULL
* if the path is not available for any reason. Not all paths are
* available on all versions of Windows. This is especially true on
* Windows Phone. Check the documentation for the given
* SDL_WinRT_Path for more information on which path types are
* supported where.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const wchar_t * SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUNICODE(SDL_WinRT_Path pathType);
/**
* \brief Retrieves a WinRT defined path on the local file system
*
* \note Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT
* can be found on MSDN, at the URL:
* http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
*
* \param pathType The type of path to retrieve.
* \return A UTF-8 string (8-bit, multi-byte) containing the path, or NULL
* if the path is not available for any reason. Not all paths are
* available on all versions of Windows. This is especially true on
* Windows Phone. Check the documentation for the given
* SDL_WinRT_Path for more information on which path types are
* supported where.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUTF8(SDL_WinRT_Path pathType);
/**
* \brief Detects the device family of WinRT plattform on runtime
*
* \return Device family
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_WinRT_DeviceFamily SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetDeviceFamily();
#endif /* __WINRT__ */
/**
\brief Return true if the current device is a tablet.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTablet(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_system_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_syswm.h
+330
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_syswm.h
*
* Include file for SDL custom system window manager hooks.
*/
#ifndef SDL_syswm_h_
#define SDL_syswm_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
/**
* \brief SDL_syswm.h
*
* Your application has access to a special type of event ::SDL_SYSWMEVENT,
* which contains window-manager specific information and arrives whenever
* an unhandled window event occurs. This event is ignored by default, but
* you can enable it with SDL_EventState().
*/
struct SDL_SysWMinfo;
#if !defined(SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY)
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#endif
#ifndef NOMINMAX /* don't define min() and max(). */
#define NOMINMAX
#endif
#include <windows.h>
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINRT)
#include <Inspectable.h>
#endif
/* This is the structure for custom window manager events */
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
/* conflicts with Quickdraw.h */
#define Cursor X11Cursor
#endif
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
/* matches the re-define above */
#undef Cursor
#endif
#endif /* defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11) */
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
#include <directfb.h>
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
#ifdef __OBJC__
@class NSWindow;
#else
typedef struct _NSWindow NSWindow;
#endif
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
#ifdef __OBJC__
#include <UIKit/UIKit.h>
#else
typedef struct _UIWindow UIWindow;
typedef struct _UIViewController UIViewController;
#endif
typedef Uint32 GLuint;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_ANDROID)
typedef struct ANativeWindow ANativeWindow;
typedef void *EGLSurface;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_VIVANTE)
#include "SDL_egl.h"
#endif
#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY)
/**
* These are the various supported windowing subsystems
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_SYSWM_UNKNOWN,
SDL_SYSWM_WINDOWS,
SDL_SYSWM_X11,
SDL_SYSWM_DIRECTFB,
SDL_SYSWM_COCOA,
SDL_SYSWM_UIKIT,
SDL_SYSWM_WAYLAND,
SDL_SYSWM_MIR, /* no longer available, left for API/ABI compatibility. Remove in 2.1! */
SDL_SYSWM_WINRT,
SDL_SYSWM_ANDROID,
SDL_SYSWM_VIVANTE,
SDL_SYSWM_OS2
} SDL_SYSWM_TYPE;
/**
* The custom event structure.
*/
struct SDL_SysWMmsg
{
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union
{
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
struct {
HWND hwnd; /**< The window for the message */
UINT msg; /**< The type of message */
WPARAM wParam; /**< WORD message parameter */
LPARAM lParam; /**< LONG message parameter */
} win;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
struct {
XEvent event;
} x11;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
struct {
DFBEvent event;
} dfb;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
struct
{
/* Latest version of Xcode clang complains about empty structs in C v. C++:
error: empty struct has size 0 in C, size 1 in C++
*/
int dummy;
/* No Cocoa window events yet */
} cocoa;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
struct
{
int dummy;
/* No UIKit window events yet */
} uikit;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_VIVANTE)
struct
{
int dummy;
/* No Vivante window events yet */
} vivante;
#endif
/* Can't have an empty union */
int dummy;
} msg;
};
/**
* The custom window manager information structure.
*
* When this structure is returned, it holds information about which
* low level system it is using, and will be one of SDL_SYSWM_TYPE.
*/
struct SDL_SysWMinfo
{
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union
{
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
struct
{
HWND window; /**< The window handle */
HDC hdc; /**< The window device context */
HINSTANCE hinstance; /**< The instance handle */
} win;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINRT)
struct
{
IInspectable * window; /**< The WinRT CoreWindow */
} winrt;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
struct
{
Display *display; /**< The X11 display */
Window window; /**< The X11 window */
} x11;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
struct
{
IDirectFB *dfb; /**< The directfb main interface */
IDirectFBWindow *window; /**< The directfb window handle */
IDirectFBSurface *surface; /**< The directfb client surface */
} dfb;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
struct
{
#if defined(__OBJC__) && defined(__has_feature) && __has_feature(objc_arc)
NSWindow __unsafe_unretained *window; /**< The Cocoa window */
#else
NSWindow *window; /**< The Cocoa window */
#endif
} cocoa;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
struct
{
#if defined(__OBJC__) && defined(__has_feature) && __has_feature(objc_arc)
UIWindow __unsafe_unretained *window; /**< The UIKit window */
#else
UIWindow *window; /**< The UIKit window */
#endif
GLuint framebuffer; /**< The GL view's Framebuffer Object. It must be bound when rendering to the screen using GL. */
GLuint colorbuffer; /**< The GL view's color Renderbuffer Object. It must be bound when SDL_GL_SwapWindow is called. */
GLuint resolveFramebuffer; /**< The Framebuffer Object which holds the resolve color Renderbuffer, when MSAA is used. */
} uikit;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WAYLAND)
struct
{
struct wl_display *display; /**< Wayland display */
struct wl_surface *surface; /**< Wayland surface */
struct wl_shell_surface *shell_surface; /**< Wayland shell_surface (window manager handle) */
} wl;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_MIR) /* no longer available, left for API/ABI compatibility. Remove in 2.1! */
struct
{
void *connection; /**< Mir display server connection */
void *surface; /**< Mir surface */
} mir;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_ANDROID)
struct
{
ANativeWindow *window;
EGLSurface surface;
} android;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_VIVANTE)
struct
{
EGLNativeDisplayType display;
EGLNativeWindowType window;
} vivante;
#endif
/* Make sure this union is always 64 bytes (8 64-bit pointers). */
/* Be careful not to overflow this if you add a new target! */
Uint8 dummy[64];
} info;
};
#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief This function allows access to driver-dependent window information.
*
* \param window The window about which information is being requested
* \param info This structure must be initialized with the SDL version, and is
* then filled in with information about the given window.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the function is implemented and the version member of
* the \c info struct is valid, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* You typically use this function like this:
* \code
* SDL_SysWMinfo info;
* SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
* if ( SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info) ) { ... }
* \endcode
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(SDL_Window * window,
SDL_SysWMinfo * info);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_syswm_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_thread.h
+343
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_thread_h_
#define SDL_thread_h_
/**
* \file SDL_thread.h
*
* Header for the SDL thread management routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
/* Thread synchronization primitives */
#include "SDL_atomic.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The SDL thread structure, defined in SDL_thread.c */
struct SDL_Thread;
typedef struct SDL_Thread SDL_Thread;
/* The SDL thread ID */
typedef unsigned long SDL_threadID;
/* Thread local storage ID, 0 is the invalid ID */
typedef unsigned int SDL_TLSID;
/**
* The SDL thread priority.
*
* \note On many systems you require special privileges to set high or time critical priority.
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW,
SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGH,
SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL
} SDL_ThreadPriority;
/**
* The function passed to SDL_CreateThread().
* It is passed a void* user context parameter and returns an int.
*/
typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_ThreadFunction) (void *data);
#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(HAVE_LIBC)
/**
* \file SDL_thread.h
*
* We compile SDL into a DLL. This means, that it's the DLL which
* creates a new thread for the calling process with the SDL_CreateThread()
* API. There is a problem with this, that only the RTL of the SDL2.DLL will
* be initialized for those threads, and not the RTL of the calling
* application!
*
* To solve this, we make a little hack here.
*
* We'll always use the caller's _beginthread() and _endthread() APIs to
* start a new thread. This way, if it's the SDL2.DLL which uses this API,
* then the RTL of SDL2.DLL will be used to create the new thread, and if it's
* the application, then the RTL of the application will be used.
*
* So, in short:
* Always use the _beginthread() and _endthread() of the calling runtime
* library!
*/
#define SDL_PASSED_BEGINTHREAD_ENDTHREAD
#include <process.h> /* _beginthreadex() and _endthreadex() */
typedef uintptr_t(__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)
(void *, unsigned, unsigned (__stdcall *func)(void *),
void * /*arg*/, unsigned, unsigned * /* threadID */);
typedef void (__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread) (unsigned code);
/**
* Create a thread.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data,
pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(int (SDLCALL * fn) (void *),
const char *name, const size_t stacksize, void *data,
pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
/**
* Create a thread.
*/
#if defined(SDL_CreateThread) && SDL_DYNAMIC_API
#undef SDL_CreateThread
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread_REAL(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
#undef SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize
#define SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, stacksize, data) SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize_REAL(fn, name, stacksize, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
#else
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
#define SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, stacksize, data) SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
#endif
#elif defined(__OS2__)
/*
* just like the windows case above: We compile SDL2
* into a dll with Watcom's runtime statically linked.
*/
#define SDL_PASSED_BEGINTHREAD_ENDTHREAD
#ifndef __EMX__
#include <process.h>
#else
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
typedef int (*pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)(void (*func)(void *), void *, unsigned, void * /*arg*/);
typedef void (*pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)(void);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data,
pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, const size_t stacksize, void *data,
pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
#if defined(SDL_CreateThread) && SDL_DYNAMIC_API
#undef SDL_CreateThread
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread_REAL(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthread, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthread)
#undef SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize
#define SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, stacksize, data) SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize_REAL(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthread, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthread)
#else
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthread, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthread)
#define SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, stacksize, data) SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, stacksize, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthread, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthread)
#endif
#else
/**
* Create a thread with a default stack size.
*
* This is equivalent to calling:
* SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, 0, data);
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data);
/**
* Create a thread.
*
* Thread naming is a little complicated: Most systems have very small
* limits for the string length (Haiku has 32 bytes, Linux currently has 16,
* Visual C++ 6.0 has nine!), and possibly other arbitrary rules. You'll
* have to see what happens with your system's debugger. The name should be
* UTF-8 (but using the naming limits of C identifiers is a better bet).
* There are no requirements for thread naming conventions, so long as the
* string is null-terminated UTF-8, but these guidelines are helpful in
* choosing a name:
*
* http://stackoverflow.com/questions/149932/naming-conventions-for-threads
*
* If a system imposes requirements, SDL will try to munge the string for
* it (truncate, etc), but the original string contents will be available
* from SDL_GetThreadName().
*
* The size (in bytes) of the new stack can be specified. Zero means "use
* the system default" which might be wildly different between platforms
* (x86 Linux generally defaults to eight megabytes, an embedded device
* might be a few kilobytes instead).
*
* In SDL 2.1, stacksize will be folded into the original SDL_CreateThread
* function.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, const size_t stacksize, void *data);
#endif
/**
* Get the thread name, as it was specified in SDL_CreateThread().
* This function returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that names the
* specified thread, or NULL if it doesn't have a name. This is internal
* memory, not to be free()'d by the caller, and remains valid until the
* specified thread is cleaned up by SDL_WaitThread().
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadName(SDL_Thread *thread);
/**
* Get the thread identifier for the current thread.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_ThreadID(void);
/**
* Get the thread identifier for the specified thread.
*
* Equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread * thread);
/**
* Set the priority for the current thread
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetThreadPriority(SDL_ThreadPriority priority);
/**
* Wait for a thread to finish. Threads that haven't been detached will
* remain (as a "zombie") until this function cleans them up. Not doing so
* is a resource leak.
*
* Once a thread has been cleaned up through this function, the SDL_Thread
* that references it becomes invalid and should not be referenced again.
* As such, only one thread may call SDL_WaitThread() on another.
*
* The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
* pointed to by \c status, if \c status is not NULL.
*
* You may not wait on a thread that has been used in a call to
* SDL_DetachThread(). Use either that function or this one, but not
* both, or behavior is undefined.
*
* It is safe to pass NULL to this function; it is a no-op.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread * thread, int *status);
/**
* A thread may be "detached" to signify that it should not remain until
* another thread has called SDL_WaitThread() on it. Detaching a thread
* is useful for long-running threads that nothing needs to synchronize
* with or further manage. When a detached thread is done, it simply
* goes away.
*
* There is no way to recover the return code of a detached thread. If you
* need this, don't detach the thread and instead use SDL_WaitThread().
*
* Once a thread is detached, you should usually assume the SDL_Thread isn't
* safe to reference again, as it will become invalid immediately upon
* the detached thread's exit, instead of remaining until someone has called
* SDL_WaitThread() to finally clean it up. As such, don't detach the same
* thread more than once.
*
* If a thread has already exited when passed to SDL_DetachThread(), it will
* stop waiting for a call to SDL_WaitThread() and clean up immediately.
* It is not safe to detach a thread that might be used with SDL_WaitThread().
*
* You may not call SDL_WaitThread() on a thread that has been detached.
* Use either that function or this one, but not both, or behavior is
* undefined.
*
* It is safe to pass NULL to this function; it is a no-op.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DetachThread(SDL_Thread * thread);
/**
* \brief Create an identifier that is globally visible to all threads but refers to data that is thread-specific.
*
* \return The newly created thread local storage identifier, or 0 on error
*
* \code
* static SDL_SpinLock tls_lock;
* static SDL_TLSID thread_local_storage;
*
* void SetMyThreadData(void *value)
* {
* if (!thread_local_storage) {
* SDL_AtomicLock(&tls_lock);
* if (!thread_local_storage) {
* thread_local_storage = SDL_TLSCreate();
* }
* SDL_AtomicUnlock(&tls_lock);
* }
* SDL_TLSSet(thread_local_storage, value, 0);
* }
*
* void *GetMyThreadData(void)
* {
* return SDL_TLSGet(thread_local_storage);
* }
* \endcode
*
* \sa SDL_TLSGet()
* \sa SDL_TLSSet()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TLSID SDLCALL SDL_TLSCreate(void);
/**
* \brief Get the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
*
* \param id The thread local storage ID
*
* \return The value associated with the ID for the current thread, or NULL if no value has been set.
*
* \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
* \sa SDL_TLSSet()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_TLSGet(SDL_TLSID id);
/**
* \brief Set the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
*
* \param id The thread local storage ID
* \param value The value to associate with the ID for the current thread
* \param destructor A function called when the thread exits, to free the value.
*
* \return 0 on success, -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
* \sa SDL_TLSGet()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TLSSet(SDL_TLSID id, const void *value, void (SDLCALL *destructor)(void*));
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_thread_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_timer.h
+115
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef SDL_timer_h_
#define SDL_timer_h_
/**
* \file SDL_timer.h
*
* Header for the SDL time management routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
*
* \note This value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetTicks(void);
/**
* \brief Compare SDL ticks values, and return true if A has passed B
*
* e.g. if you want to wait 100 ms, you could do this:
* Uint32 timeout = SDL_GetTicks() + 100;
* while (!SDL_TICKS_PASSED(SDL_GetTicks(), timeout)) {
* ... do work until timeout has elapsed
* }
*/
#define SDL_TICKS_PASSED(A, B) ((Sint32)((B) - (A)) <= 0)
/**
* \brief Get the current value of the high resolution counter
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(void);
/**
* \brief Get the count per second of the high resolution counter
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(void);
/**
* \brief Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
/**
* Function prototype for the timer callback function.
*
* The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
* the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
* passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
* scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
*/
typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL * SDL_TimerCallback) (Uint32 interval, void *param);
/**
* Definition of the timer ID type.
*/
typedef int SDL_TimerID;
/**
* \brief Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
*
* \return A timer ID, or 0 when an error occurs.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDLCALL SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval,
SDL_TimerCallback callback,
void *param);
/**
* \brief Remove a timer knowing its ID.
*
* \return A boolean value indicating success or failure.
*
* \warning It is not safe to remove a timer multiple times.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID id);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_timer_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_touch.h
+102
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_touch.h
*
* Include file for SDL touch event handling.
*/
#ifndef SDL_touch_h_
#define SDL_touch_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef Sint64 SDL_TouchID;
typedef Sint64 SDL_FingerID;
typedef enum
{
SDL_TOUCH_DEVICE_INVALID = -1,
SDL_TOUCH_DEVICE_DIRECT, /* touch screen with window-relative coordinates */
SDL_TOUCH_DEVICE_INDIRECT_ABSOLUTE, /* trackpad with absolute device coordinates */
SDL_TOUCH_DEVICE_INDIRECT_RELATIVE /* trackpad with screen cursor-relative coordinates */
} SDL_TouchDeviceType;
typedef struct SDL_Finger
{
SDL_FingerID id;
float x;
float y;
float pressure;
} SDL_Finger;
/* Used as the device ID for mouse events simulated with touch input */
#define SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ((Uint32)-1)
/* Used as the SDL_TouchID for touch events simulated with mouse input */
#define SDL_MOUSE_TOUCHID ((Sint64)-1)
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the number of registered touch devices.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchDevices(void);
/**
* \brief Get the touch ID with the given index, or 0 if the index is invalid.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TouchID SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchDevice(int index);
/**
* \brief Get the type of the given touch device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TouchDeviceType SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchDeviceType(SDL_TouchID touchID);
/**
* \brief Get the number of active fingers for a given touch device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchFingers(SDL_TouchID touchID);
/**
* \brief Get the finger object of the given touch, with the given index.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Finger * SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchFinger(SDL_TouchID touchID, int index);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_touch_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_types.h
+29
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_types.h
*
* \deprecated
*/
/* DEPRECATED */
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_version.h
+162
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_version.h
*
* This header defines the current SDL version.
*/
#ifndef SDL_version_h_
#define SDL_version_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Information the version of SDL in use.
*
* Represents the library's version as three levels: major revision
* (increments with massive changes, additions, and enhancements),
* minor revision (increments with backwards-compatible changes to the
* major revision), and patchlevel (increments with fixes to the minor
* revision).
*
* \sa SDL_VERSION
* \sa SDL_GetVersion
*/
typedef struct SDL_version
{
Uint8 major; /**< major version */
Uint8 minor; /**< minor version */
Uint8 patch; /**< update version */
} SDL_version;
/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
*/
#define SDL_MAJOR_VERSION 2
#define SDL_MINOR_VERSION 0
#define SDL_PATCHLEVEL 11
/**
* \brief Macro to determine SDL version program was compiled against.
*
* This macro fills in a SDL_version structure with the version of the
* library you compiled against. This is determined by what header the
* compiler uses. Note that if you dynamically linked the library, you might
* have a slightly newer or older version at runtime. That version can be
* determined with SDL_GetVersion(), which, unlike SDL_VERSION(),
* is not a macro.
*
* \param x A pointer to a SDL_version struct to initialize.
*
* \sa SDL_version
* \sa SDL_GetVersion
*/
#define SDL_VERSION(x) \
{ \
(x)->major = SDL_MAJOR_VERSION; \
(x)->minor = SDL_MINOR_VERSION; \
(x)->patch = SDL_PATCHLEVEL; \
}
/**
* This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
* \verbatim
(1,2,3) -> (1203)
\endverbatim
*
* This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels.
*/
#define SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z) \
((X)*1000 + (Y)*100 + (Z))
/**
* This is the version number macro for the current SDL version.
*/
#define SDL_COMPILEDVERSION \
SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL)
/**
* This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z.
*/
#define SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z) \
(SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
/**
* \brief Get the version of SDL that is linked against your program.
*
* If you are linking to SDL dynamically, then it is possible that the
* current version will be different than the version you compiled against.
* This function returns the current version, while SDL_VERSION() is a
* macro that tells you what version you compiled with.
*
* \code
* SDL_version compiled;
* SDL_version linked;
*
* SDL_VERSION(&compiled);
* SDL_GetVersion(&linked);
* printf("We compiled against SDL version %d.%d.%d ...\n",
* compiled.major, compiled.minor, compiled.patch);
* printf("But we linked against SDL version %d.%d.%d.\n",
* linked.major, linked.minor, linked.patch);
* \endcode
*
* This function may be called safely at any time, even before SDL_Init().
*
* \sa SDL_VERSION
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetVersion(SDL_version * ver);
/**
* \brief Get the code revision of SDL that is linked against your program.
*
* Returns an arbitrary string (a hash value) uniquely identifying the
* exact revision of the SDL library in use, and is only useful in comparing
* against other revisions. It is NOT an incrementing number.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetRevision(void);
/**
* \brief Get the revision number of SDL that is linked against your program.
*
* Returns a number uniquely identifying the exact revision of the SDL
* library in use. It is an incrementing number based on commits to
* hg.libsdl.org.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRevisionNumber(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_version_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_video.h
+1275
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/SDL2/SDL_vulkan.h
+278
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 2017, Mark Callow
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_vulkan.h
*
* Header file for functions to creating Vulkan surfaces on SDL windows.
*/
#ifndef SDL_vulkan_h_
#define SDL_vulkan_h_
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Avoid including vulkan.h, don't define VkInstance if it's already included */
#ifdef VULKAN_H_
#define NO_SDL_VULKAN_TYPEDEFS
#endif
#ifndef NO_SDL_VULKAN_TYPEDEFS
#define VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T* object;
#if defined(__LP64__) || defined(_WIN64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(__ia64) || defined (_M_IA64) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__powerpc64__)
#define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T *object;
#else
#define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef uint64_t object;
#endif
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkInstance)
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSurfaceKHR)
#endif /* !NO_SDL_VULKAN_TYPEDEFS */
typedef VkInstance SDL_vulkanInstance;
typedef VkSurfaceKHR SDL_vulkanSurface; /* for compatibility with Tizen */
/**
* \name Vulkan support functions
*
* \note SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions & SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface API
* is compatable with Tizen's implementation of Vulkan in SDL.
*/
/* @{ */
/**
* \brief Dynamically load a Vulkan loader library.
*
* \param [in] path The platform dependent Vulkan loader library name, or
* \c NULL.
*
* \return \c 0 on success, or \c -1 if the library couldn't be loaded.
*
* If \a path is NULL SDL will use the value of the environment variable
* \c SDL_VULKAN_LIBRARY, if set, otherwise it loads the default Vulkan
* loader library.
*
* This should be called after initializing the video driver, but before
* creating any Vulkan windows. If no Vulkan loader library is loaded, the
* default library will be loaded upon creation of the first Vulkan window.
*
* \note It is fairly common for Vulkan applications to link with \a libvulkan
* instead of explicitly loading it at run time. This will work with
* SDL provided the application links to a dynamic library and both it
* and SDL use the same search path.
*
* \note If you specify a non-NULL \c path, an application should retrieve all
* of the Vulkan functions it uses from the dynamic library using
* \c SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr() unless you can guarantee
* \c path points to the same vulkan loader library the application
* linked to.
*
* \note On Apple devices, if \a path is NULL, SDL will attempt to find
* the vkGetInstanceProcAddr address within all the mach-o images of
* the current process. This is because it is fairly common for Vulkan
* applications to link with libvulkan (and historically MoltenVK was
* provided as a static library). If it is not found then, on macOS, SDL
* will attempt to load \c vulkan.framework/vulkan, \c libvulkan.1.dylib,
* followed by \c libvulkan.dylib, in that order.
* On iOS SDL will attempt to load \c libvulkan.dylib only. Applications
* using a dynamic framework or .dylib must ensure it is included in its
* application bundle.
*
* \note On non-Apple devices, application linking with a static libvulkan is
* not supported. Either do not link to the Vulkan loader or link to a
* dynamic library version.
*
* \note This function will fail if there are no working Vulkan drivers
* installed.
*
* \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr()
* \sa SDL_Vulkan_UnloadLibrary()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
/**
* \brief Get the address of the \c vkGetInstanceProcAddr function.
*
* \note This should be called after either calling SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary
* or creating an SDL_Window with the SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr(void);
/**
* \brief Unload the Vulkan loader library previously loaded by
* \c SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary().
*
* \sa SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_UnloadLibrary(void);
/**
* \brief Get the names of the Vulkan instance extensions needed to create
* a surface with \c SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface().
*
* \param [in] \c NULL or window Window for which the required Vulkan instance
* extensions should be retrieved
* \param [in,out] pCount pointer to an \c unsigned related to the number of
* required Vulkan instance extensions
* \param [out] pNames \c NULL or a pointer to an array to be filled with the
* required Vulkan instance extensions
*
* \return \c SDL_TRUE on success, \c SDL_FALSE on error.
*
* If \a pNames is \c NULL, then the number of required Vulkan instance
* extensions is returned in pCount. Otherwise, \a pCount must point to a
* variable set to the number of elements in the \a pNames array, and on
* return the variable is overwritten with the number of names actually
* written to \a pNames. If \a pCount is less than the number of required
* extensions, at most \a pCount structures will be written. If \a pCount
* is smaller than the number of required extensions, \c SDL_FALSE will be
* returned instead of \c SDL_TRUE, to indicate that not all the required
* extensions were returned.
*
* \note If \c window is not NULL, it will be checked against its creation
* flags to ensure that the Vulkan flag is present. This parameter
* will be removed in a future major release.
*
* \note The returned list of extensions will contain \c VK_KHR_surface
* and zero or more platform specific extensions
*
* \note The extension names queried here must be enabled when calling
* VkCreateInstance, otherwise surface creation will fail.
*
* \note \c window should have been created with the \c SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag
* or be \c NULL
*
* \code
* unsigned int count;
* // get count of required extensions
* if(!SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(NULL, &count, NULL))
* handle_error();
*
* static const char *const additionalExtensions[] =
* {
* VK_EXT_DEBUG_REPORT_EXTENSION_NAME, // example additional extension
* };
* size_t additionalExtensionsCount = sizeof(additionalExtensions) / sizeof(additionalExtensions[0]);
* size_t extensionCount = count + additionalExtensionsCount;
* const char **names = malloc(sizeof(const char *) * extensionCount);
* if(!names)
* handle_error();
*
* // get names of required extensions
* if(!SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(NULL, &count, names))
* handle_error();
*
* // copy additional extensions after required extensions
* for(size_t i = 0; i < additionalExtensionsCount; i++)
* names[i + count] = additionalExtensions[i];
*
* VkInstanceCreateInfo instanceCreateInfo = {};
* instanceCreateInfo.enabledExtensionCount = extensionCount;
* instanceCreateInfo.ppEnabledExtensionNames = names;
* // fill in rest of instanceCreateInfo
*
* VkInstance instance;
* // create the Vulkan instance
* VkResult result = vkCreateInstance(&instanceCreateInfo, NULL, &instance);
* free(names);
* \endcode
*
* \sa SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(
SDL_Window *window,
unsigned int *pCount,
const char **pNames);
/**
* \brief Create a Vulkan rendering surface for a window.
*
* \param [in] window SDL_Window to which to attach the rendering surface.
* \param [in] instance handle to the Vulkan instance to use.
* \param [out] surface pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle to receive the
* handle of the newly created surface.
*
* \return \c SDL_TRUE on success, \c SDL_FALSE on error.
*
* \code
* VkInstance instance;
* SDL_Window *window;
*
* // create instance and window
*
* // create the Vulkan surface
* VkSurfaceKHR surface;
* if(!SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(window, instance, &surface))
* handle_error();
* \endcode
*
* \note \a window should have been created with the \c SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag.
*
* \note \a instance should have been created with the extensions returned
* by \c SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface() enabled.
*
* \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(
SDL_Window *window,
VkInstance instance,
VkSurfaceKHR* surface);
/**
* \brief Get the size of a window's underlying drawable in pixels (for use
* with setting viewport, scissor & etc).
*
* \param window SDL_Window from which the drawable size should be queried
* \param w Pointer to variable for storing the width in pixels,
* may be NULL
* \param h Pointer to variable for storing the height in pixels,
* may be NULL
*
* This may differ from SDL_GetWindowSize() if we're rendering to a high-DPI
* drawable, i.e. the window was created with SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI on a
* platform with high-DPI support (Apple calls this "Retina"), and not disabled
* by the \c SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED hint.
*
* \note On macOS high-DPI support must be enabled for an application by
* setting NSHighResolutionCapable to true in its Info.plist.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
* \sa SDL_CreateWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetDrawableSize(SDL_Window * window,
int *w, int *h);
/* @} *//* Vulkan support functions */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_vulkan_h_ */
iOS/include/SDL2/begin_code.h
+170
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file begin_code.h
*
* This file sets things up for C dynamic library function definitions,
* static inlined functions, and structures aligned at 4-byte alignment.
* If you don't like ugly C preprocessor code, don't look at this file. :)
*/
/* This shouldn't be nested -- included it around code only. */
#ifdef _begin_code_h
#error Nested inclusion of begin_code.h
#endif
#define _begin_code_h
#ifndef SDL_DEPRECATED
# if (__GNUC__ >= 4) /* technically, this arrived in gcc 3.1, but oh well. */
# define SDL_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
# else
# define SDL_DEPRECATED
# endif
#endif
#ifndef SDL_UNUSED
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define SDL_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
# else
# define SDL_UNUSED
# endif
#endif
/* Some compilers use a special export keyword */
#ifndef DECLSPEC
# if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__WINRT__)
# ifdef __BORLANDC__
# ifdef BUILD_SDL
# define DECLSPEC
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# endif
# elif defined(__OS2__)
# ifdef BUILD_SDL
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# else
# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
# define DECLSPEC __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* By default SDL uses the C calling convention */
#ifndef SDLCALL
#if (defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__WINRT__)) && !defined(__GNUC__)
#define SDLCALL __cdecl
#elif defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)
#define SDLCALL _System
# if defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(_System)
# define _System /* for old EMX/GCC compat. */
# endif
#else
#define SDLCALL
#endif
#endif /* SDLCALL */
/* Removed DECLSPEC on Symbian OS because SDL cannot be a DLL in EPOC */
#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__
#undef DECLSPEC
#define DECLSPEC
#endif /* __SYMBIAN32__ */
/* Force structure packing at 4 byte alignment.
This is necessary if the header is included in code which has structure
packing set to an alternate value, say for loading structures from disk.
The packing is reset to the previous value in close_code.h
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable: 4103)
#endif
#ifdef __clang__
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma-pack"
#endif
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#ifdef _M_X64
/* Use 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures, so pointers are aligned */
#pragma pack(push,8)
#else
#pragma pack(push,4)
#endif
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
#ifndef SDL_INLINE
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#define SDL_INLINE __inline__
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || \
defined(__DMC__) || defined(__SC__) || \
defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \
defined(__DECC) || defined(__CC_ARM)
#define SDL_INLINE __inline
#ifndef __inline__
#define __inline__ __inline
#endif
#else
#define SDL_INLINE inline
#ifndef __inline__
#define __inline__ inline
#endif
#endif
#endif /* SDL_INLINE not defined */
#ifndef SDL_FORCE_INLINE
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#elif ( (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4)) || defined(__clang__) )
#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE __attribute__((always_inline)) static __inline__
#else
#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE static SDL_INLINE
#endif
#endif /* SDL_FORCE_INLINE not defined */
#ifndef SDL_NORETURN
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#define SDL_NORETURN __attribute__((noreturn))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define SDL_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn)
#else
#define SDL_NORETURN
#endif
#endif /* SDL_NORETURN not defined */
/* Apparently this is needed by several Windows compilers */
#if !defined(__MACH__)
#ifndef NULL
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define NULL 0
#else
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif
#endif /* NULL */
#endif /* ! Mac OS X - breaks precompiled headers */
iOS/include/SDL2/close_code.h
+40
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file close_code.h
*
* This file reverses the effects of begin_code.h and should be included
* after you finish any function and structure declarations in your headers
*/
#ifndef _begin_code_h
#error close_code.h included without matching begin_code.h
#endif
#undef _begin_code_h
/* Reset structure packing at previous byte alignment */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#pragma pack(pop)
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
+603
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftconfig.in
*
* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used by
* the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically
* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to port
* FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI compiler.
*
* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we advise
* you to place a modified copy in your build directory.
*
* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>`, and contains
* system-specific files that are always included first when building the
* library.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS
*
* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current ones
* are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment (16bit
* compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own
* `builds/<system>` directory, and edit it to port the engine.
*
*/
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char` */
/* has 16~bits. ANSI~C says that `sizeof(char)` is always~1. Since an */
/* `int` has 16~bits also for this system, `sizeof(int)` gives~1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT` (defined in `limits.h`) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char` type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
#undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#undef SIZEOF_INT
#undef SIZEOF_LONG
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of `int` and `long` */
/* is copied from default `include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h`. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that do */
/* not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int` type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long` type. A five-byte `long` (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* `FT_UNUSED` indicates that a given parameter is not used -- */
/* this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings. */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS
*
* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch
* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No
* porter should need to mess with them.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Mac support
*
* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead
* providing a new configuration file.
*/
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* No Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x. */
/* `AvailabilityMacros.h` is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion. */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler. */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* basic_types
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.
*/
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int32
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt32
*
* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32~bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit `int` type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* `FT_LONG64` must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
/* we handle the LLP64 scheme separately for GCC and clang, */
/* suppressing the `long long` warning */
#elif ( FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 ) && \
defined( HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT ) && \
defined( __GNUC__ )
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wlong-long"
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
/**************************************************************************
*
* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile in
* strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data types if
* `__STDC__` is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` configuration macro.
*/
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of `__BORLANDC__` in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long` type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
#ifdef _WIN64
/* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */
/* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers */
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x)
#else
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x)
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* miscellaneous
*
*/
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
/* `typeof` condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h` header file */
#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 ) || \
( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 && \
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) ) || \
( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) ( __typeof__ ( type ) )
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
#endif
/* Use `FT_LOCAL` and `FT_LOCAL_DEF` to declare and define, */
/* respectively, a function that gets used only within the scope of a */
/* module. Normally, both the header and source code files for such a */
/* function are within a single module directory. */
/* */
/* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY` and */
/* `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF`. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
/* Use `FT_BASE` and `FT_BASE_DEF` to declare and define, respectively, */
/* functions that are used in more than a single module. In the */
/* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header file */
/* in the `include/freetype/internal` directory, and the function body */
/* is in a file in `src/base`. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility */
/* some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after */
/* the return type of function declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: `FT_EXPORT` and `FT_EXPORT_DEF`. */
/* */
/* - `FT_EXPORT( return_type )` */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* ``` */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* ``` */
/* */
/* - `FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )` */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* ``` */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* ``` */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of `FT_EXPORT` and */
/* `FT_EXPORT_DEF` here if you want. */
/* */
/* To export a variable, use `FT_EXPORT_VAR`. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_EXPORT )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllexport ) x
#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) )) x
#elif defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __global x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#else
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_IMPORT )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllimport ) x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"` for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function, */
/* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */
/* it. */
/* */
/* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare */
/* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way */
/* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl` or `__fastcall` declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/config/ftheader.h
+814
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftheader.h
*
* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* header_file_macros
*
* @title:
* Header File Macros
*
* @abstract:
* Macro definitions used to `#include` specific header files.
*
* @description:
* The following macros are defined to the name of specific FreeType~2
* header files. They can be used directly in `#include` statements as
* in:
*
* ```
* #include FT_FREETYPE_H
* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
* #include FT_GLYPH_H
* ```
*
* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name public
* header files. The first one is that such macros are not limited to
* the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and
* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H` is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h`).
*
* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the way
* FreeType~2 is installed on a given system.
*
*/
/* configuration files */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the driver modules.
*
*/
#define FT_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftdriver.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte 'tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access fonts
* embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded 'name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables ('BASE',
* 'GDEF', 'GPOS', 'GSUB', 'JSTF').
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables ('feat',
* 'mort', 'morx', 'bsln', 'just', 'kern', 'opbd', 'trak', 'prop').
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_COLOR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'CPAL' table.
*/
#define FT_COLOR_H <freetype/ftcolor.h>
/* */
/* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* Deprecated macros. */
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* `FT_CACHE_H` is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to `FT_CACHE_H` at the moment just in case, but we know */
/* of no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from `<internal/...>` only when
* building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
+32
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/*
* This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
*
* If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED! Instead, it is created in
* the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/`) based on information
* from `<topdir>/modules.cfg`.
*
* Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY` and `docs/CUSTOMIZE` how to compile
* FreeType without GNU make.
*
*/
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
/* EOF */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+982
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,982 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftoption.h
*
* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS
*
* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for a
* standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to use
* this file to build project-specific versions of the library:
*
* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in
* cases where you would like to build several versions of the library
* from a single source directory.
*
* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more
* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h`, where `$BUILD` is
* the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType include
* path during compilation.
*
* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build directory
* `builds/<system>` by default, but you can easily change that for your
* own projects.
*
* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h` and modify it
* slightly to pre-define the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H` used to locate
* this file during the build. For example,
*
* ```
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h>
* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
* ```
*
* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h` instead of this file for macro
* definitions.
*
* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro
* `FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H` used to locate the file listing of the modules
* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By
* default, this file is `<freetype/config/ftmodule.h>`.
*
* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*#************************************************************************
*
* If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an
* environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES`, which can be used to
* control the various font drivers and modules. The controllable
* properties are listed in the section @properties.
*
* You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack
* the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the `getenv`
* function), for example Windows CE.
*
* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into
* multiple lines for better readability).
*
* ```
* <optional whitespace>
* <module-name1> ':'
* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>
* <whitespace>
* <module-name2> ':'
* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>
* ...
* ```
*
* Example:
*
* ```
* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \
* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \
* autofitter:warping=1
* ```
*
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES
/**************************************************************************
*
* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering
* technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library. This
* technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels. To
* mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need to
* explicitly set up LCD filtering.
*
* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents and
* should not be activated in any default build of the library. When this
* macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD rendering
* technology that produces excellent output without LCD filtering.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used by
* FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create some
* problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.
*
* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when
* the `__STDC__` macro is defined. You can however disable this by
* defining the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` here.
*
* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when
* building the library.
*
* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the
* file `ftconfig.h` either statically or through the `configure`
* script on supported platforms.
*/
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/**************************************************************************
*
* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of
* performance-critical functions (e.g., @FT_MulFix). You should only do
* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to execute
* benchmark tests of the various implementations.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/**************************************************************************
*
* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of the
* @FT_MulFix function, which is a 'hotspot' when loading and hinting
* glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible.
*
* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default to
* the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c`.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/**************************************************************************
*
* LZW-compressed file support.
*
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
* `compress` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF
* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation
* uses NetBSD's `zopen` to partially uncompress the file on the fly (see
* `src/lzw/ftgzip.c`).
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/**************************************************************************
*
* Gzip-compressed file support.
*
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
* `gzip` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files
* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses 'zlib' to partially
* uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/gzip/ftgzip.c`).
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. See also the
* macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB` below.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/**************************************************************************
*
* ZLib library selection
*
* This macro is only used when `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB` is defined.
* It allows FreeType's 'ftgzip' component to link to the system's
* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like
* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.
*
* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy of the
* zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be included
* directly within the component and **not** export external function
* names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType _and_ ZLib
* without linking conflicts.
*
* Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define
* it for certain configurations only.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
/**************************************************************************
*
* Bzip2-compressed file support.
*
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
* `bzip2` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files
* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2` to partially
* uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c`). Contrary
* to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use the system
* available bzip2 implementation.
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, `FILE`,
* `fopen`, etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded
* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without file
* stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not necessary
* such as memory loading of font files.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/**************************************************************************
*
* PNG bitmap support.
*
* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format.
* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed
* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be supported
* regardless of this configuration.
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
/**************************************************************************
*
* HarfBuzz support.
*
* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of OpenType
* fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable by a font's
* character map will be hinted also.
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Glyph Postscript Names handling
*
* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the 'psnames' module. This
* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a Unicode
* value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the use with the
* TrueType 'post' table.
*
* Undefine this macro if you do not want 'psnames' compiled in your
* build of FreeType. This has the following effects:
*
* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, if you
* build it to support postscript names in the TrueType 'post' table,
* but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap.
*
* - The Type~1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode charmap
* out of the glyphs found in the fonts.
*
* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building a
* version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type~1 or CFF driver.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/**************************************************************************
*
* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support
*
* By default, FreeType~2 is built with the 'psnames' module compiled in.
* Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name into a
* Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to synthesize on
* the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type~1 driver through a big
* table named the 'Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).
*
* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List compiled
* in your 'psnames' module. The Type~1 driver will not be able to
* synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/**************************************************************************
*
* Support for Mac fonts
*
* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac format
* (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac resource) on
* non-Mac platforms.
*
* Note that the 'FOND' resource isn't checked.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks
*
* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g., GNU/Linux).
*
* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in
* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases,
* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In
* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different from
* what the user specifies. If this option is activated, FreeType tries
* to guess whether such offsets or different file names must be used.
*
* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via
* the `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS` option.
*/
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* Allow the use of `FT_Incremental_Interface` to load typefaces that
* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. This is
* required by clients supporting document formats which supply font data
* incrementally as the document is parsed, such as the Ghostscript
* interpreter for the PostScript language.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/**************************************************************************
*
* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter to
* do all of its work.
*/
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/**************************************************************************
*
* FT_MAX_MODULES
*
* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single
* FreeType library object. 32~is the default.
*/
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/**************************************************************************
*
* Debug level
*
* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode,
* errors are reported through the 'ftdebug' component. In trace mode,
* additional messages are sent to the standard output during execution.
*
* Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to build the library in debug mode.
* Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` to build it in trace mode.
*
* Don't define any of these macros to compile in 'release' mode!
*
* Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define
* them for certain configurations only.
*/
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Autofitter debugging
*
* If `FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT` is defined, FreeType provides some means to
* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global
* boolean variables (consequently, you should **never** enable this
* while compiling in 'release' mode):
*
* ```
* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints
* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints
* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints
* ```
*
* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various
* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf`):
*
* ```
* af_glyph_hints_dump_points
* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments
* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges
* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments
* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset
* ```
*
* As an argument, they use another global variable:
*
* ```
* _af_debug_hints
* ```
*
* Please have a look at the `ftgrid` demo program to see how those
* variables and macros should be used.
*
* Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define
* them for certain configurations only.
*/
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Memory Debugging
*
* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is capable
* of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double deletes. To
* compile it within your build of the library, you should define
* `FT_DEBUG_MEMORY` here.
*
* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when when
* the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY` is defined also!
*
* Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define it
* for certain configurations only.
*/
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Module errors
*
* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte of
* an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, while
* the lower byte is the real error code.
*
* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since it
* would break source compatibility of certain programs that use
* FreeType~2.
*
* More details can be found in the files `ftmoderr.h` and `fterrors.h`.
*/
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Error Strings
*
* If this macro is set, `FT_Error_String` will return meaningful
* descriptions. This is not enabled by default to reduce the overall
* size of FreeType.
*
* More details can be found in the file `fterrors.h`.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS` if you want to support
* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the 'sfnt' module (namely
* TrueType~& OpenType).
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` if you want to support coloured
* outlines (from the 'COLR'/'CPAL' tables) in all formats using the 'sfnt'
* module (namely TrueType~& OpenType).
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES` if you want to be able to
* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or OpenType
* file.
*
* Note that when you do not compile the 'psnames' module by undefining the
* above `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES`, the 'sfnt' module will
* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.
*
* (By default, the module uses 'psnames' to extract glyph names.)
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` if your applications need to access
* the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType or
* OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to describe the
* font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It does not contain
* any glyph name though.
*
* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in
* `ftsnames.h`.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/**************************************************************************
*
* TrueType CMap support
*
* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be
* supported.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` if you want to compile a
* bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.
*
* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load
* TrueType glyphs without hinting.
*
* Do not `#undef` this macro here, since the build system might define it
* for certain configurations only.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING` if you want to compile
* subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This modifies the
* TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but `FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO` is
* requested.
*
* In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or
* not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look like
* they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment. See [1] for a
* technical overview on what this means. See `ttinterp.h` for more
* details on the LEAN option.
*
* There are three possible values.
*
* Value 1:
* This value is associated with the 'Infinality' moniker, contributed by
* an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of making TrueType
* fonts render better than on Windows. A high amount of configurability
* and flexibility, down to rules for single glyphs in fonts, but also
* very slow. Its experimental and slow nature and the original
* developer losing interest meant that this option was never enabled in
* default builds.
*
* The corresponding interpreter version is v38.
*
* Value 2:
* The new default mode for the TrueType driver. The Infinality code
* base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability removed
* in the name of speed and simplicity. The configurability was mainly
* aimed at legacy fonts like 'Arial', 'Times New Roman', or 'Courier'.
* Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to achieve clean
* black-and-white bitmaps. The new mode focuses on applying a minimal
* set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so that modern and web
* fonts render well while legacy fonts render okay.
*
* The corresponding interpreter version is v40.
*
* Value 3:
* Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the
* default).
*
* By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows without
* ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and Win9x
* (interpreter version v35). Or not, depending on how much hinting blood
* and testing tears the font designer put into a given font. If you
* define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can switch between
* between v35 and the ones you define (using `FT_Property_Set`).
*
* This option requires `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` to be
* defined.
*
* [1]
* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx
*/
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 1 */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 2
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING ( 1 | 2 ) */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED` to compile the
* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle
* component offsets in composite glyphs.
*
* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets in
* composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling
* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) while
* MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the composite
* flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old fonts will not
* have them.
*
* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm
* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html
*/
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT` if you want to include support
* for Apple's distortable font technology ('fvar', 'gvar', 'cvar', and
* 'avar' tables). Tagged 'Font Variations', this is now part of OpenType
* also. This has many similarities to Type~1 Multiple Masters support.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF` if you want to include support for an
* embedded 'BDF~' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/**************************************************************************
*
* Option `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES` controls the maximum
* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the
* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't want
* to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making a
* library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts).
*
* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring
* script; instead, it gets surrounded with `#ifndef ... #endif` so that
* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's command
* line.
*/
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH` is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and arrays
* in the Type~1 stream (see `t1load.c`). A minimum of~4 is required.
*/
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS` details the maximum number of nested sub-routine
* calls during glyph loading.
*/
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS` is the charstring stack's capacity. A
* minimum of~16 is required.
*
* The Chinese font 'MingTiEG-Medium' (covering the CNS 11643 character
* set) needs 256.
*/
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation
* of the 't1afm' module, which is in charge of reading Type~1 AFM files
* into an existing face. Note that if set, the Type~1 driver will be
* unable to produce kerning distances.
*/
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation
* of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type~1 driver.
*/
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe Type~1
* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to
* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of
* the 'type1' driver module.
*/
/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Using `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4}` it is
* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that
* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For more
* details please read the documentation of the `darkening-parameters`
* property (file `ftdriver.h`), which allows the control at run-time.
*
* Do **not** undefine these macros!
*/
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF engine
* gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to switch
* between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of the 'cff'
* driver module.
*/
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** P C F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* There are many PCF fonts just called 'Fixed' which look completely
* different, and which have nothing to do with each other. When selecting
* 'Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather random, the
* style changes often if one changes the size and one cannot select some
* fonts at all. This option makes the 'pcf' module prepend the foundry
* name (plus a space) to the family name.
*
* We also check whether we have 'wide' characters; all put together, we
* get family names like 'Sony Fixed' or 'Misc Fixed Wide'.
*
* If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the
* `no-long-family-names` property of the 'pcf' driver module.
*/
/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Compile 'autofit' module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script
* support.
*/
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/**************************************************************************
*
* Compile 'autofit' module with fallback Indic script support, covering
* some scripts that the 'latin' submodule of the 'autofit' module doesn't
* (yet) handle.
*/
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/**************************************************************************
*
* Compile 'autofit' module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension so
* that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the grid. To
* find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
* combinations are tried and scored.
*
* You can switch warping on and off with the `warping` property of the
* auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h` for more information; by default it
* is switched off).
*
* This experimental option is not active if the rendering mode is
* `FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT`.
*/
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
/**************************************************************************
*
* Use TrueType-like size metrics for 'light' auto-hinting.
*
* It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to
* help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour with
* respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts.
*
* The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions
* like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was
* present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive).
*
* ```
* 2011-07-16 Steven Chu <steven.f.chu@gmail.com>
*
* [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts.
* ```
*
* This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less).
*/
/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */
/* */
/*
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType version
* 2.5.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* The next three macros are defined if native TrueType hinting is
* requested by the definitions above. Don't change this.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY
#endif
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL
#endif
#endif
#endif
/*
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
* `cff_property_set` in file `cffdrivr.c`.
*/
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
+175
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftstdlib.h
*
* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification
* only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file is used to group all `#includes` to the ANSI~C library that
* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the
* standard functions within the FreeType source code.
*
* Load a file which defines `FTSTDLIB_H_` before this one to override it.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**************************************************************************
*
* integer limits
*
* `UINT_MAX` and `ULONG_MAX` are used to automatically compute the size of
* `int` and `long` in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works for all
* platforms the library has been tested on.
*
* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide integer
* types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32~bits wide (e.g., some old Crays where
* `int` is 36~bits), we do not make any guarantee about the correct
* behaviour of FreeType~2 with all fonts.
*
* In these cases, `ftconfig.h` will refuse to compile anyway with a
* message like 'couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.
*
*/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**************************************************************************
*
* character and string processing
*
*/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**************************************************************************
*
* file handling
*
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**************************************************************************
*
* sorting
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**************************************************************************
*
* memory allocation
*
*/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**************************************************************************
*
* miscellaneous
*
*/
#define ft_strtol strtol
#define ft_getenv getenv
/**************************************************************************
*
* execution control
*
*/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* `jmp_buf` is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* The following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` or `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` are defined. */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/freetype.h
+4887
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftadvanc.h
+188
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftadvanc.h
*
* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2008-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY
*
* @description:
* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags` parameter of the
* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions.
*
* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the
* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very quick
* advance computation.
*
* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, or
* light-hinted can have their advance width computed very quickly.
*
* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, and
* hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by comparison.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Advance
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an @FT_Face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source @FT_Face handle.
*
* gindex ::
* The glyph index.
*
* load_flags ::
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
* @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind of advances you need.
* @output:
* padvance ::
* The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on the value of
* `load_flags`), the advance value is in 16.16 format. Otherwise, it
* is in font units.
*
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the vertical advance
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, it is the horizontal
* advance in a horizontal layout.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
* the advances.
*
* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed by
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Advances
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an @FT_Face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source @FT_Face handle.
*
* start ::
* The first glyph index.
*
* count ::
* The number of advance values you want to retrieve.
*
* load_flags ::
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
* @FT_Load_Glyph.
*
* @output:
* padvance ::
* The advance values. This array, to be provided by the caller, must
* contain at least `count` elements.
*
* If scaling is performed (based on the value of `load_flags`), the
* advance values are in 16.16 format. Otherwise, they are in font
* units.
*
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the vertical advances
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, they are the
* horizontal advances in a horizontal layout.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
* the advances.
*
* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't transformed by
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftbbox.h
+102
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbbox.h
*
* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding
* boxes.
*
* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical
* reasons. It may well be integrated in 'ftoutln' later.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* outline_processing
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
*
* @description:
* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower than
* computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced algorithm
* that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes coincide. Otherwise,
* the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to extract their extrema.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline.
*
* @output:
* abbox ::
* The outline's exact bounding box.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get
* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, which can be
* eventually converted back to font units.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftbdf.h
+213
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbdf.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bdf_fonts
*
* @title:
* BDF and PCF Files
*
* @abstract:
* BDF and PCF specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF and
* PCF fonts.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given BDF/PCF
* property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* `NULL`, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to the BDF
* specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* name ::
* The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty ::
* The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A 'property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props` array within a `FontRec` structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as 'signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type` is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftbitmap.h
+330
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbitmap.h
*
* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_COLOR_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bitmap_handling
*
* @title:
* Bitmap Handling
*
* @abstract:
* Handling FT_Bitmap objects.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects,
* automatically adjusting the target's bitmap buffer size as needed.
*
* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's 'flow' (as
* indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field in @FT_Bitmap).
*
* To set the flow, assign an appropriate positive or negative value to
* the `pitch` field of the target @FT_Bitmap object after calling
* @FT_Bitmap_Init but before calling any of the other functions
* described here.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Init
*
* @description:
* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.
*
* @inout:
* abitmap ::
* A pointer to the bitmap structure.
*
* @note:
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Copy
*
* @description:
* Copy a bitmap into another one.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* A handle to the source bitmap.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Embolden
*
* @description:
* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength` pixels
* wider and `yStrength` pixels higher. The left and bottom borders are
* kept unchanged.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* xStrength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. Expressed in 26.6
* pixel format.
*
* yStrength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. Expressed in 26.6
* pixel format.
*
* @inout:
* bitmap ::
* A handle to the target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The current implementation restricts `xStrength` to be less than or
* equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
*
* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, you
* should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.
*
* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format are
* converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Convert
*
* @description:
* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp to
* a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per
* line (a.k.a. the 'pitch') a multiple of `alignment`.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* The source bitmap.
*
* alignment ::
* The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this argument. Common
* values are 1, 2, or 4.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* The target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without
* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).
*
* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.
*
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
* handling functions.
*
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Blend
*
* @description:
* Blend a bitmap onto another bitmap, using a given color.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* The source bitmap, which can have any @FT_Pixel_Mode format.
*
* source_offset ::
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the source bitmap in
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
*
* color ::
* The color used to draw `source` onto `target`.
*
* @inout:
* target ::
* A handle to an `FT_Bitmap` object. It should be either initialized
* as empty with a call to @FT_Bitmap_Init, or it should be of type
* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA.
*
* atarget_offset ::
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the target bitmap in
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function doesn't perform clipping.
*
* The bitmap in `target` gets allocated or reallocated as needed; the
* vector `atarget_offset` is updated accordingly.
*
* In case of allocation or reallocation, the bitmap's pitch is set to
* `4 * width`. Both `source` and `target` must have the same bitmap
* flow (as indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field).
*
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Blend( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap* source,
const FT_Vector source_offset,
FT_Bitmap* target,
FT_Vector *atarget_offset,
FT_Color color );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap`.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* The glyph slot.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is to be used in combination with @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* bitmap ::
* The bitmap object to be freed.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
* handling functions.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftbzip2.h
+102
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbzip2.h
*
* Bzip2-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2010-2019 by
* Joel Klinghed.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bzip2
*
* @title:
* BZIP2 Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using bzip2-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2` fonts that come with
* XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed
* stream from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftcache.h
+1088
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftchapters.h
+145
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.
* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* general_remarks
*
* @title:
* General Remarks
*
* @sections:
* header_inclusion
* user_allocation
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* core_api
*
* @title:
* Core API
*
* @sections:
* version
* basic_types
* base_interface
* glyph_variants
* color_management
* layer_management
* glyph_management
* mac_specific
* sizes_management
* header_file_macros
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* format_specific
*
* @title:
* Format-Specific API
*
* @sections:
* multiple_masters
* truetype_tables
* type1_tables
* sfnt_names
* bdf_fonts
* cid_fonts
* pfr_fonts
* winfnt_fonts
* font_formats
* gasp_table
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* module_specific
*
* @title:
* Controlling FreeType Modules
*
* @sections:
* auto_hinter
* cff_driver
* t1_cid_driver
* tt_driver
* pcf_driver
* properties
* parameter_tags
* lcd_rendering
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* cache_subsystem
*
* @title:
* Cache Sub-System
*
* @sections:
* cache_subsystem
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* support_api
*
* @title:
* Support API
*
* @sections:
* computations
* list_processing
* outline_processing
* quick_advance
* bitmap_handling
* raster
* glyph_stroker
* system_interface
* module_management
* gzip
* lzw
* bzip2
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* error_codes
*
* @title:
* Error Codes
*
* @sections:
* error_enumerations
* error_code_values
*
*/
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftcid.h
+168
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftcid.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by
* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cid_fonts
*
* @title:
* CID Fonts
*
* @abstract:
* CID-keyed font-specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font-specific
* functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In contrast
* to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns successfully also
* for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
* an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
* an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftcolor.h
+311
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftcolor.h
*
* FreeType's glyph color management (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2018-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCOLOR_H_
#define FTCOLOR_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* color_management
*
* @title:
* Glyph Color Management
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving and manipulating OpenType's 'CPAL' table data.
*
* @description:
* The functions described here allow access and manipulation of color
* palette entries in OpenType's 'CPAL' tables.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Color
*
* @description:
* This structure models a BGRA color value of a 'CPAL' palette entry.
*
* The used color space is sRGB; the colors are not pre-multiplied, and
* alpha values must be explicitly set.
*
* @fields:
* blue ::
* Blue value.
*
* green ::
* Green value.
*
* red ::
* Red value.
*
* alpha ::
* Alpha value, giving the red, green, and blue color's opacity.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
typedef struct FT_Color_
{
FT_Byte blue;
FT_Byte green;
FT_Byte red;
FT_Byte alpha;
} FT_Color;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PALETTE_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit field constants used in the `palette_flags` array of the
* @FT_Palette_Data structure to indicate for which background a palette
* with a given index is usable.
*
* @values:
* FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND ::
* The palette is appropriate to use when displaying the font on a
* light background such as white.
*
* FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND ::
* The palette is appropriate to use when displaying the font on a dark
* background such as black.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
#define FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND 0x01
#define FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND 0x02
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Palette_Data
*
* @description:
* This structure holds the data of the 'CPAL' table.
*
* @fields:
* num_palettes ::
* The number of palettes.
*
* palette_name_ids ::
* A read-only array of palette name IDs with `num_palettes` elements,
* corresponding to entries like 'dark' or 'light' in the font's 'name'
* table.
*
* An empty name ID in the 'CPAL' table gets represented as value
* 0xFFFF.
*
* `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.
*
* palette_flags ::
* A read-only array of palette flags with `num_palettes` elements.
* Possible values are an ORed combination of
* @FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND and
* @FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND.
*
* `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.
*
* num_palette_entries ::
* The number of entries in a single palette. All palettes have the
* same size.
*
* palette_entry_name_ids ::
* A read-only array of palette entry name IDs with
* `num_palette_entries`. In each palette, entries with the same index
* have the same function. For example, index~0 might correspond to
* string 'outline' in the font's 'name' table to indicate that this
* palette entry is used for outlines, index~1 might correspond to
* 'fill' to indicate the filling color palette entry, etc.
*
* An empty entry name ID in the 'CPAL' table gets represented as value
* 0xFFFF.
*
* `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.
*
* @note:
* Use function @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name to map name IDs and entry name IDs to
* name strings.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
typedef struct FT_Palette_Data_ {
FT_UShort num_palettes;
const FT_UShort* palette_name_ids;
const FT_UShort* palette_flags;
FT_UShort num_palette_entries;
const FT_UShort* palette_entry_name_ids;
} FT_Palette_Data;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Palette_Data_Get
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the face's color palette data.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source face handle.
*
* @output:
* apalette ::
* A pointer to an @FT_Palette_Data structure.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* All arrays in the returned @FT_Palette_Data structure are read-only.
*
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Palette_Data_Get( FT_Face face,
FT_Palette_Data *apalette );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Palette_Select
*
* @description:
* This function has two purposes.
*
* (1) It activates a palette for rendering color glyphs, and
*
* (2) it retrieves all (unmodified) color entries of this palette. This
* function returns a read-write array, which means that a calling
* application can modify the palette entries on demand.
*
* A corollary of (2) is that calling the function, then modifying some
* values, then calling the function again with the same arguments resets
* all color entries to the original 'CPAL' values; all user modifications
* are lost.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source face handle.
*
* palette_index ::
* The palette index.
*
* @output:
* apalette ::
* An array of color entries for a palette with index `palette_index`,
* having `num_palette_entries` elements (as found in the
* `FT_Palette_Data` structure). If `apalette` is set to `NULL`, no
* array gets returned (and no color entries can be modified).
*
* In case the font doesn't support color palettes, `NULL` is returned.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The array pointed to by `apalette_entries` is owned and managed by
* FreeType.
*
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Palette_Select( FT_Face face,
FT_UShort palette_index,
FT_Color* *apalette );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Palette_Set_Foreground_Color
*
* @description:
* 'COLR' uses palette index 0xFFFF to indicate a 'text foreground
* color'. This function sets this value.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source face handle.
*
* foreground_color ::
* An `FT_Color` structure to define the text foreground color.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function isn't called, the text foreground color is set to
* white opaque (BGRA value 0xFFFFFFFF) if
* @FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND is present for the current palette,
* and black opaque (BGRA value 0x000000FF) otherwise, including the case
* that no palette types are available in the 'CPAL' table.
*
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Palette_Set_Foreground_Color( FT_Face face,
FT_Color foreground_color );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCOLOR_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftdriver.h
+1232
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/fterrdef.h
+279
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fterrdef.h
*
* FreeType error codes (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* error_code_values
*
* @title:
* Error Code Values
*
* @abstract:
* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions.
*
* @description:
* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h` (loaded
* automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H`). The first argument of the
* `FT_ERROR_DEF_` macro is the error label; by default, the prefix
* `FT_Err_` gets added so that you get error names like
* `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource`. The second argument is the error code,
* and the last argument an error string, which is not used by FreeType.
*
* Within your application you should **only** use error names and
* **never** its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do)
* change in forthcoming FreeType versions.
*
* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_` defines `FT_Err_Ok`, which is always zero. See
* the 'Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically generate a
* list of error strings.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Err_XXX
*
*/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode, 0x9C,
"found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap, 0x9D,
"missing bitmap in strike" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/fterrors.h
+289
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fterrors.h
*
* FreeType error code handling (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* error_enumerations
*
* @title:
* Error Enumerations
*
* @abstract:
* How to handle errors and error strings.
*
* @description:
* The header file `fterrors.h` (which is automatically included by
* `freetype.h` defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration
* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings
* with a small macro trick explained below.
*
* **Error Formats**
*
* The configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` can be
* defined in `ftoption.h` in order to make the higher byte indicate the
* module where the error has happened (this is not compatible with
* standard builds of FreeType~2, however). See the file `ftmoderr.h`
* for more details.
*
* **Error Message Strings**
*
* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client
* applications to build a table of error message strings. The strings
* are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save space (most
* client applications do not use them).
*
* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including
* this file.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_START_LIST
* ```
*
* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of the
* error list. It is followed by several `FT_ERROR_DEF` calls.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s )
* ```
*
* This macro is called to define one single error. 'e' is the error
* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument`), 'v' is the error's
* numerical value, and 's' is the corresponding error string.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_END_LIST
* ```
*
* This macro ends the list.
*
* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_` before #including
* this file.
*
* Here is a simple example.
*
* ```
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s },
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST {
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } };
*
* const struct
* {
* int err_code;
* const char* err_msg;
* } ft_errors[] =
*
* #include FT_ERRORS_H
* ```
*
* An alternative to using an array is a switch statement.
*
* ```
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST switch ( error_code ) {
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) case v: return s;
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST }
* ```
*
* If you use `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS`, `error_code` should
* be replaced with `FT_ERROR_BASE(error_code)` in the last example.
*/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__`. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* ``` */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* ``` */
/* */
/* work for backward compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_`. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
/* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS: Control if function prototypes should be */
/* included with `#include FT_ERRORS_H'. This is */
/* only true where `FT_ERRORDEF` is undefined. */
/* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED: Actual multiple-inclusion protection of */
/* `fterrors.h`. */
#ifdef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#undef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#ifndef FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
#define FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Error_String
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the description of a valid FreeType error code.
*
* @input:
* error_code ::
* A valid FreeType error code.
*
* @return:
* A C~string or `NULL`, if any error occurred.
*
* @note:
* FreeType has to be compiled with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS` or
* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to get meaningful descriptions.
* 'error_string' will be `NULL` otherwise.
*
* Module identification will be ignored:
*
* ```c
* strcmp( FT_Error_String( FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format ),
* FT_Error_String( BDF_Err_Unknown_File_Format ) ) == 0;
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Error_String( FT_Error error_code );
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED */
#endif /* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS */
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftfntfmt.h
+94
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftfntfmt.h
*
* Support functions for font formats.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* font_formats
*
* @title:
* Font Formats
*
* @abstract:
* Getting the font format.
*
* @description:
* The single function in this section can be used to get the font format.
* Note that this information is not needed normally; however, there are
* special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is important to
* differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Font_Format
*
* @description:
* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible values
* are 'TrueType', 'Type~1', 'BDF', 'PCF', 'Type~42', 'CID~Type~1', 'CFF',
* 'PFR', and 'Windows~FNT'.
*
* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* Input face handle.
*
* @return:
* Font format string. `NULL` in case of error.
*
* @note:
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftgasp.h
+144
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgasp.h
*
* Access of TrueType's 'gasp' table (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType 'gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its 'gasp' table, if any. This is mainly
* useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the bytecode
* interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This **really** means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING` and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT` are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are consequently ignored).
*
* 'ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x04
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour
* flags from the font's 'gasp' table corresponding to a given character
* pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source face handle.
*
* ppem ::
* The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* 'gasp' table in the face.
*
* @note:
* If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts
* (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this
* function **after** setting an instance since the return values can
* change.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftglyph.h
+665
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftglyph.h
*
* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions that
* can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph bitmaps and
* outlines from a given face.
*
* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server or
* text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty handy
* for many other simple uses of the library.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_management
*
* @title:
* Glyph Management
*
* @abstract:
* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.
*
* @description:
* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data through
* generic @FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a bitmap,
* a vector outline, or even images in other formats. These objects are
* detached from @FT_Face, contrary to @FT_GlyphSlot.
*
*/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Glyph
*
* @description:
* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a
* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph bitmap
* or pointer.
*
* @note:
* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release
* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling
* @FT_Done_FreeType.
*/
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_GlyphRec
*
* @description:
* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its advance
* width in 16.16 fixed-point format.
*
* @fields:
* library ::
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
*
* clazz ::
* A pointer to the glyph's class. Private.
*
* format ::
* The format of the glyph's image.
*
* advance ::
* A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.
*/
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_BitmapGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is a
* sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.
*/
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_BitmapGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_Glyph fields.
*
* left ::
* The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance from the
* current pen position to the left border of the glyph bitmap.
*
* top ::
* The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from the current
* pen position to the top border of the glyph bitmap. This distance
* is positive for upwards~y!
*
* bitmap ::
* A descriptor for the bitmap.
*
* @note:
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP`. This lets you access the
* bitmap's contents easily.
*
* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph and
* is thus created and destroyed with it.
*/
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_OutlineGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This is a
* sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec.
*/
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_OutlineGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This really is
* a 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_Glyph fields.
*
* outline ::
* A descriptor for the outline.
*
* @note:
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE`. This lets you access the
* outline's content easily.
*
* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are
* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE
* was used in @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char.
*
* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are destroyed
* with it.
*/
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Glyph
*
* @description:
* A function used to create a new empty glyph image. Note that the
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
*
* format ::
* The format of the glyph's image.
*
* @output:
* aglyph ::
* A handle to the glyph object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Glyph( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Glyph
*
* @description:
* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that the
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* A handle to the source glyph slot.
*
* @output:
* aglyph ::
* A handle to the glyph object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Because `*aglyph->advance.x` and `*aglyph->advance.y` are 16.16
* fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x` and `slot->advance.y` (which
* are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range ]-32768;32768[.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Copy
*
* @description:
* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created
* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* source ::
* A handle to the source glyph object.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Transform
*
* @description:
* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.
*
* @inout:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the target glyph object.
*
* @input:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.
*
* delta ::
* A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are expressed in
* 1/64th of a pixel.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).
*
* @note:
* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's advance
* vector.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode
*
* @description:
* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.
*
* @values:
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::
* Return unscaled font units.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::
* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::
* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::
* Return coordinates in integer pixels.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::
* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.
*/
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode` values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox
*
* @description:
* Return a glyph's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
*
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
*
* @input:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the source glyph object.
*
* mode ::
* The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned bounding box
* values.
*
* @output:
* acbox ::
* The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in
* 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.
*
* @note:
* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards
* convention.
*
* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode` must
* be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font units in 26.6
* pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS is another name for
* this constant.
*
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get
* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, which can be
* eventually converted back to font units.
*
* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that one
* can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in integer
* or 26.6 pixels) as:
*
* ```
* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
* ```
*
* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode` is set to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,
* which corresponds to:
*
* ```
* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);
* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);
* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);
* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);
* ```
*
* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
*
* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.
*
* @inout:
* the_glyph ::
* A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.
*
* @input:
* render_mode ::
* An enumeration that describes how the data is rendered.
*
* origin ::
* A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph image before
* rendering. Can be~0 (if no translation). The origin is expressed
* in 26.6 pixels.
*
* destroy ::
* A boolean that indicates that the original glyph image should be
* destroyed by this function. It is never destroyed in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.
*
* The glyph image is translated with the `origin` vector before
* rendering.
*
* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will be
* _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). Typically,
* you would use (omitting error handling):
*
* ```
* FT_Glyph glyph;
* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap;
*
*
* // load glyph
* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
*
* // extract glyph image
* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );
*
* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)
* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
* {
* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,
* 0, 1 );
* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged
* ...
* }
*
* // access bitmap content by typecasting
* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;
*
* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing
* ...
*
* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
* ```
*
* Here is another example, again without error handling:
*
* ```
* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]
*
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||
* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyphs[idx] );
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* {
* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx];
*
*
* ...
*
* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into
* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );
*
* ...
*
* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );
* }
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Glyph
*
* @description:
* Destroy a given glyph.
*
* @input:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the target glyph object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* computations
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Matrix_Multiply
*
* @description:
* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b`.
*
* @input:
* a ::
* A pointer to matrix `a`.
*
* @inout:
* b ::
* A pointer to matrix `b`.
*
* @note:
* The result is undefined if either `a` or `b` is zero.
*
* Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become
* meaningless if the arguments are very large.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Matrix_Invert
*
* @description:
* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted.
*
* @inout:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftgxval.h
+355
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgxval.h
*
* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.
* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology
* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gx_validation
*
* @title:
* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation
*
* @abstract:
* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
* TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak,
* prop, lcar).
*
* @order:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
*
* Warning: Use `FT_VALIDATE_XXX` to validate a table.
* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.
*
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length` argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate 'feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate 'mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate 'morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate 'bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate 'just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate 'kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate 'opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate 'trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate 'prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate 'lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables` array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. The array
* itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables` element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A `NULL` value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate to
* indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected type
* doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the 'kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the
* offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level
* library that actually does the text layout can access those tables
* without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The 'kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table`, by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A `NULL` value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftgzip.h
+151
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgzip.h
*
* Gzip-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gzip
*
* @title:
* GZIP Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using gzip-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is mainly
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz` fonts that come with
* XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress` function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output ::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output
* buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed
* data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in
* advance). After calling the function, `output_len` is the size of
* the used data in `output`.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*
* @since:
* 2.5.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftimage.h
+1238
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftincrem.h
+344
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftincrem.h
*
* FreeType incremental loading (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* 'incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* 'incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript
* interpreters), where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be
* overridden by different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement
* @FT_Incremental objects, as long as they provide implementations for
* the methods @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc,
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc and
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned by
* the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical` argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the 'glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* **unencrypted** charstring bytes, without any `lenIV` header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release the
* data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place
* from the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output. The original
* glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are not available
* all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data incrementally.
* Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does not
* provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* ```
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* ```
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
+328
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlcdfil.h
*
* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs
* (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_rendering
*
* @title:
* Subpixel Rendering
*
* @abstract:
* API to control subpixel rendering.
*
* @description:
* FreeType provides two alternative subpixel rendering technologies.
* Should you define `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` in your
* `ftoption.h` file, this enables patented ClearType-style rendering.
* Otherwise, Harmony LCD rendering is enabled. These technologies are
* controlled differently and API described below, although always
* available, performs its function when appropriate method is enabled
* and does nothing otherwise.
*
* ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of
* LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of
* the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Using the
* subpixels coverages unfiltered can create severe color fringes
* especially when rendering thin features. Indeed, to produce
* black-on-white text, the nearby color subpixels must be dimmed
* equally.
*
* A good 5-tap FIR filter should be applied to subpixel coverages
* regardless of pixel boundaries and should have these properties:
*
* 1. It should be symmetrical, like {~a, b, c, b, a~}, to avoid
* any shifts in appearance.
*
* 2. It should be color-balanced, meaning a~+ b~=~c, to reduce color
* fringes by distributing the computed coverage for one subpixel to
* all subpixels equally.
*
* 3. It should be normalized, meaning 2a~+ 2b~+ c~=~1.0 to maintain
* overall brightness.
*
* Boxy 3-tap filter {0, 1/3, 1/3, 1/3, 0} is sharper but is less
* forgiving of non-ideal gamma curves of a screen (and viewing angles),
* beveled filters are fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter or @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
* API to specify a low-pass filter, which is then applied to
* subpixel-rendered bitmaps generated through @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Harmony LCD rendering is suitable to panels with any regular subpixel
* structure, not just monitors with 3 color striped subpixels, as long
* as the color subpixels have fixed positions relative to the pixel
* center. In this case, each color channel is then rendered separately
* after shifting the outline opposite to the subpixel shift so that the
* coverage maps are aligned. This method is immune to color fringes
* because the shifts do not change integral coverage.
*
* The subpixel geometry must be specified by xy-coordinates for each
* subpixel. By convention they may come in the RGB order: {{-1/3, 0},
* {0, 0}, {1/3, 0}} for standard RGB striped panel or {{-1/6, 1/4},
* {-1/6, -1/4}, {1/3, 0}} for a certain PenTile panel.
*
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry API to specify subpixel positions.
* If one follows the RGB order convention, the same order applies to the
* resulting @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V bitmaps. Note,
* however, that the coordinate frame for the latter must be rotated
* clockwise. Harmony with default LCD geometry is equivalent to
* ClearType with light filter.
*
* As a result of ClearType filtering or Harmony rendering, the
* dimensions of LCD bitmaps can be either wider or taller than the
* dimensions of the corresponding outline with regard to the pixel grid.
* For example, for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 2~subpixels to
* the left, and 2~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are
* adjusted accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout
* and glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* The ClearType and Harmony rendering is applicable to glyph bitmaps
* rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, and
* @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap, when @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
* is specified. This API does not control @FT_Outline_Render and
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* The described algorithms can completely remove color artefacts when
* combined with gamma-corrected alpha blending in linear space. Each of
* the 3~alpha values (subpixels) must by independently used to blend one
* color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the text
* color with the red channel of the background pixel.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* This is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* with weights of [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] in 1/256th units.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* this is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter with
* weights of [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] in 1/256th units.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future. The second value is
* provided for compatibility with FontConfig, which historically used
* different enumeration, sometimes incorrectly forwarded to FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1` since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work well
* on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter` value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to **PATENTS** covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if the
* configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights in 1/256th units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to **PATENTS** covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if the
* configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties
* with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_LcdFiveTapFilter
*
* @description:
* A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to
* @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS 5
typedef FT_Byte FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to modify default positions of color
* subpixels, which controls Harmony LCD rendering.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* sub ::
* A pointer to an array of 3 vectors in 26.6 fractional pixel format;
* the function modifies the default values, see the note below.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Subpixel geometry examples:
*
* - {{-21, 0}, {0, 0}, {21, 0}} is the default, corresponding to 3 color
* stripes shifted by a third of a pixel. This could be an RGB panel.
*
* - {{21, 0}, {0, 0}, {-21, 0}} looks the same as the default but can
* specify a BGR panel instead, while keeping the bitmap in the same
* RGB888 format.
*
* - {{0, 21}, {0, 0}, {0, -21}} is the vertical RGB, but the bitmap
* stays RGB888 as a result.
*
* - {{-11, 16}, {-11, -16}, {22, 0}} is a certain PenTile arrangement.
*
* This function does nothing and returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
* in the context of ClearType-style subpixel rendering when
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is defined in your build of the
* library.
*
* @since:
* 2.10.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry( FT_Library library,
FT_Vector sub[3] );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftlist.h
+297
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlist.h
*
* Generic list support for FreeType (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its data
* structures are defined in `freetype.h`.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* list_processing
*
* @title:
* List Processing
*
* @abstract:
* Simple management of lists.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various definitions related to list processing
* using doubly-linked nodes.
*
* @order:
* FT_List
* FT_ListNode
* FT_ListRec
* FT_ListNodeRec
*
* FT_List_Add
* FT_List_Insert
* FT_List_Find
* FT_List_Remove
* FT_List_Up
* FT_List_Iterate
* FT_List_Iterator
* FT_List_Finalize
* FT_List_Destructor
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Find
*
* @description:
* Find the list node for a given listed object.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* data ::
* The address of the listed object.
*
* @return:
* List node. `NULL` if it wasn't found.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Add
*
* @description:
* Append an element to the end of a list.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* node ::
* The node to append.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Insert
*
* @description:
* Insert an element at the head of a list.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to parent list.
* node ::
* The node to insert.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Remove
*
* @description:
* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether the
* node is in the list!
*
* @input:
* node ::
* The node to remove.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Up
*
* @description:
* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU lists.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* node ::
* The node to move.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_List_Iterator
*
* @description:
* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse by
* @FT_List_Iterate.
*
* @input:
* node ::
* The current iteration list node.
*
* user ::
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. Can be used to point
* to the iteration's state.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Iterate
*
* @description:
* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element.
* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls
* returns a non-zero value.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A handle to the list.
* iterator ::
* An iterator function, called on each node of the list.
* user ::
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the second argument to the
* iterator.
*
* @return:
* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_List_Destructor
*
* @description:
* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list
* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a given
* list.
*
* @input:
* system ::
* The current system object.
*
* data ::
* The current object to destroy.
*
* user ::
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can be used to
* point to the iteration's state.
*/
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Finalize
*
* @description:
* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A handle to the list.
*
* destroy ::
* A list destructor that will be applied to each element of the list.
* Set this to `NULL` if not needed.
*
* memory ::
* The current memory object that handles deallocation.
*
* user ::
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the last argument to the
* destructor.
*
* @note:
* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or
* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftlzw.h
+100
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlzw.h
*
* LZW-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lzw
*
* @title:
* LZW Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using LZW-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is mainly
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z` fonts that come with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it and
* re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftmac.h
+290
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmac.h
*
* Additional Mac-specific API.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* NOTE: Include this file after `FT_FREETYPE_H` and after any
* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as
* 'Handle', 'FSSpec', 'FSRef', etc.)
*
*/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && \
( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || \
( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__(( deprecated ))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* mac_specific
*
* @title:
* Mac Specific Interface
*
* @abstract:
* Only available on the Macintosh.
*
* @description:
* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is compiled
* on a Macintosh.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FOND
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a FOND resource.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* fond ::
* A FOND resource.
*
* face_index ::
* Only supported for the -1 'sanity check' special case.
*
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @example:
* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts that
* are installed in the system as follows.
*
* ```
* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );
* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
*
* @description:
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman Bold).
*
* @output:
* pathSpec ::
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
*
* @description:
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
*
* @output:
* pathSpec ::
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
*
* @description:
* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font name
* that is handled by ATS framework.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
*
* @output:
* path ::
* Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
* The client must allocate this buffer before calling this function.
*
* maxPathSize ::
* Lengths of the buffer `path` that client allocated.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
* using an FSSpec to the font file.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* spec ::
* FSSpec to the font file.
*
* face_index ::
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
* index~0.
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except it
* accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
* using an FSRef to the font file.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* spec ::
* FSRef to the font file.
*
* face_index ::
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
* index~0.
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except it accepts
* an FSRef instead of a path.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftmm.h
+753
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmm.h
*
* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* multiple_masters
*
* @title:
* Multiple Masters
*
* @abstract:
* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.
*
* @description:
* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple Master
* fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by setting
* design axis coordinates.
*
* Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. Some of the routines only work with Adobe
* MM fonts, others will work with all three types. They are similar
* enough that a consistent interface makes sense.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MM_Axis
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters
* fonts.
*
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @fields:
* name ::
* The axis's name.
*
* minimum ::
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
*
* maximum ::
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
*/
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Multi_Master
*
* @description:
* A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters font.
*
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @fields:
* num_axis ::
* Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4.
*
* num_designs ::
* Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis even though the
* Type~1 specification strangely allows for intermediate designs to be
* present. This number cannot exceed~16.
*
* axis ::
* A table of axis descriptors.
*/
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Var_Axis
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple
* Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts.
*
* @fields:
* name ::
* The axis's name. Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType
* variation fonts.
*
* minimum ::
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
*
* def ::
* The axis's default design coordinate. FreeType computes meaningful
* default values for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* maximum ::
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
*
* tag ::
* The axis's tag (the equivalent to 'name' for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts). FreeType provides default values for
* Adobe MM fonts if possible.
*
* strid ::
* The axis name entry in the font's 'name' table. This is another
* (and often better) version of the 'name' field for TrueType GX or
* OpenType variation fonts. Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* @note:
* The fields `minimum`, `def`, and `maximum` are 16.16 fractional values
* for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM fonts, the
* values are integers.
*/
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Var_Named_Style
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType
* variation font.
*
* This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* @fields:
* coords ::
* The design coordinates for this instance. This is an array with one
* entry for each axis.
*
* strid ::
* The entry in 'name' table identifying this instance.
*
* psid ::
* The entry in 'name' table identifying a PostScript name for this
* instance. Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing entry.
*/
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
FT_UInt psid; /* since 2.7.1 */
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType GX,
* or OpenType variation font.
*
* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others.
*
* @fields:
* num_axis ::
* The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for Adobe MM fonts; no
* limit in TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts.
*
* num_designs ::
* The number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis for Adobe MM
* fonts. Not meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts
* (where every glyph could have a different number of designs).
*
* num_namedstyles ::
* The number of named styles; a 'named style' is a tuple of design
* coordinates that has a string ID (in the 'name' table) associated
* with it. The font can tell the user that, for example,
* [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is 'Bold'. Another name for 'named style' is
* 'named instance'.
*
* For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is always zero because
* the format does not support named styles.
*
* axis ::
* An axis descriptor table. TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts
* contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts. Memory management
* of this pointer is done internally by FreeType.
*
* namedstyle ::
* A named style (instance) table. Only meaningful for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. Memory management of this pointer is done
* internally by FreeType.
*/
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Multi_Master
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @output:
* amaster ::
* The Multiple Masters descriptor.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @output:
* amaster ::
* The variation descriptor. Allocates a data structure, which the
* user must deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle of the face's parent library object that was used in the
* call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster`.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library library,
FT_MM_Var *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design
* coordinates.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* An array of design coordinates.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* An array of design coordinates.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated
* font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* num_coords ::
* The number of design coordinates to retrieve. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.
*
* @output:
* coords ::
* The design coordinates array.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend
* coordinates.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* The design coordinates array (each element must be between 0 and 1.0
* for Adobe MM fonts, and between -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected
* interpolated font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* num_coords ::
* The number of normalized blend coordinates to retrieve. If it is
* larger than the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.5 for
* Adobe MM fonts, and to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @output:
* coords ::
* The normalized blend coordinates array.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_WeightVector
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design by directly
* setting the weight vector.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* len ::
* The length of the weight vector array. If it is larger than the
* number of designs, the extra values are ignored. If it is less than
* the number of designs, the remaining values are set to zero.
*
* weightvector ::
* An array representing the weight vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
* length of the weight vector to~16.
*
* If `len` is zero and `weightvector` is `NULL`, the weight vector array
* is reset to the default values.
*
* The Adobe documentation also states that the values in the
* WeightVector array must total 1.0 +/-~0.001. In practice this does
* not seem to be enforced, so is not enforced here, either.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt len,
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_WeightVector
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, retrieve the current weight vector of the font.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* len ::
* A pointer to the size of the array to be filled. If the size of the
* array is less than the number of designs, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument`
* is returned, and `len` is set to the required size (the number of
* designs). If the size of the array is greater than the number of
* designs, the remaining entries are set to~0. On successful
* completion, `len` is set to the number of designs (i.e., the number
* of values written to the array).
*
* @output:
* weightvector ::
* An array to be filled.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
* length of the WeightVector to~16.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt* len,
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit flags used in the return value of
* @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags.
*
* @values:
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN ::
* The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces.
*
* @since:
* 2.8.1
*/
#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags
*
* @description:
* Get the 'flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record.
*
* Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags` is always zero).
*
* @input:
* master ::
* The variation descriptor.
*
* axis_index ::
* The index of the requested variation axis.
*
* @output:
* flags ::
* The 'flags' field. See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for possible values.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.8.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var* master,
FT_UInt axis_index,
FT_UInt* flags );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Named_Instance
*
* @description:
* Set or change the current named instance.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* instance_index ::
* The index of the requested instance, starting with value 1. If set
* to value 0, FreeType switches to font access without a named
* instance.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The function uses the value of `instance_index` to set bits 16-30 of
* the face's `face_index` field. It also resets any variation applied
* to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the face's
* `face_flags` field gets reset to zero (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will
* return false).
*
* For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this function
* simply resets the current face to the default instance.
*
* @since:
* 2.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt instance_index );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftmodapi.h
+785
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmodapi.h
*
* FreeType modules public interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* module_management
*
* @title:
* Module Management
*
* @abstract:
* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType.
*
* @description:
* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.
* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. Additionally,
* some module properties can be controlled also.
*
* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name` field in the
* @FT_Module_Class structure.
*
* ```
* autofitter
* bdf
* cff
* gxvalid
* otvalid
* pcf
* pfr
* psaux
* pshinter
* psnames
* raster1
* sfnt
* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv
* truetype
* type1
* type42
* t1cid
* winfonts
* ```
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module.
*
* @order:
* FT_Module
* FT_Module_Constructor
* FT_Module_Destructor
* FT_Module_Requester
* FT_Module_Class
*
* FT_Add_Module
* FT_Get_Module
* FT_Remove_Module
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
*
* FT_Property_Set
* FT_Property_Get
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
*
* FT_New_Library
* FT_Done_Library
* FT_Reference_Library
*
* FT_Renderer
* FT_Renderer_Class
*
* FT_Get_Renderer
* FT_Set_Renderer
*
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
*
*/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Constructor
*
* @description:
* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to initialize.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Destructor
*
* @description:
* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to finalize.
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Requester
*
* @description:
* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to be searched.
*
* name ::
* The name of the interface in the module.
*/
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Module_Class
*
* @description:
* The module class descriptor. While being a public structure necessary
* for FreeType's module bookkeeping, most of the fields are essentially
* internal, not to be used directly by an application.
*
* @fields:
* module_flags ::
* Bit flags describing the module.
*
* module_size ::
* The size of one module object/instance in bytes.
*
* module_name ::
* The name of the module.
*
* module_version ::
* The version, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).
*
* module_requires ::
* The version of FreeType this module requires, as a 16.16 fixed
* number (major.minor). Starts at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.
*
* module_interface ::
* A typeless pointer to a structure (which varies between different
* modules) that holds the module's interface functions. This is
* essentially what `get_interface` returns.
*
* module_init ::
* The initializing function.
*
* module_done ::
* The finalizing function.
*
* get_interface ::
* The interface requesting function.
*/
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Add_Module
*
* @description:
* Add a new module to a given library instance.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* clazz ::
* A pointer to class descriptor for the module.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or
* if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Module
*
* @description:
* Find a module by its name.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* module_name ::
* The module's name (as an ASCII string).
*
* @return:
* A module handle. 0~if none was found.
*
* @note:
* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you
* should look up the source code for details.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Remove_Module
*
* @description:
* Remove a given module from a library instance.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* A handle to a module object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value` is
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property 'bar' (a simple integer) in
* module 'foo' to value~1.
*
* ```
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* ```
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if a
* module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache sub-system
* itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the value
* of the property. The exact definition of `value` is dependent on
* the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property 'baz' (a range) in module 'foo'.
*
* ```
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* ```
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
*
* @description:
* If compilation option `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES` is
* set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment
* variable to control driver properties. See section @properties for
* more.
*
* If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing.
*
* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into
* multiple lines for better readability).
*
* ```
* <optional whitespace>
* <module-name1> ':'
* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>
* <whitespace>
* <module-name2> ':'
* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>
* ...
* ```
*
* Example:
*
* ```
* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \
* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \
* autofitter:warping=1
* ```
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a new library object.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Reference_Library
*
* @description:
* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library structure
* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Library
* then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply
* decrements the counter.
*
* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that
* reference @FT_Library objects.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a target library object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.2
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Library
*
* @description:
* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance from a
* given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries with
* distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, however,
* that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain valid for the
* life of the @FT_Library object.
*
* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to
* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module, and a
* call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to
* initialize the FreeType library.
*
* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a library
* instance.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the original memory object.
*
* @output:
* alibrary ::
* A pointer to handle of a new library object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
* @FT_Reference_Library.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Library
*
* @description:
* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and discards
* all resource objects.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
* @FT_Reference_Library.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_DebugHook_Func
*
* @description:
* A drop-in replacement (or rather a wrapper) for the bytecode or
* charstring interpreter's main loop function.
*
* Its job is essentially
*
* - to activate debug mode to enforce single-stepping,
*
* - to call the main loop function to interpret the next opcode, and
*
* - to show the changed context to the user.
*
* An example for such a main loop function is `TT_RunIns` (declared in
* FreeType's internal header file `src/truetype/ttinterp.h`).
*
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
* for an example of a drop-in replacement.
*
* @inout:
* arg ::
* A typeless pointer, to be cast to the main loop function's data
* structure (which depends on the font module). For TrueType fonts
* it is bytecode interpreter's execution context, `TT_ExecContext`,
* which is declared in FreeType's internal header file `tttypes.h`.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of named debug hook indices.
*
* @values:
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE::
* This hook index identifies the TrueType bytecode debugger.
*/
#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
*
* @description:
* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font
* format.
*
* While this is a public API function, an application needs access to
* FreeType's internal header files to do something useful.
*
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
* for an example of its usage.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* hook_index ::
* The index of the debug hook. You should use defined enumeration
* macros like @FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE.
*
* debug_hook ::
* The function used to debug the interpreter.
*
* @note:
* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only one (for the
* TrueType interpreter) is defined.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
*
* @description:
* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. This is
* only useful when you create a library object with @FT_New_Library
* (usually to plug a custom memory manager).
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a new library object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode engine is
* implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used by the
* @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers the full
* instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this was governed
* by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of the
* TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftmoderr.h
+203
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmoderr.h
*
* FreeType module error offsets (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2001-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes.
*
* If the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` in `ftoption.h` is
* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as
* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For
* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x0003, the
* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1303, the error
* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1403, etc.
*
* Note that `FT_Err_Ok`, `TT_Err_Ok`, etc. are always equal to zero,
* including the high byte.
*
* If `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` isn't set, the higher byte of an
* error value is set to zero.
*
* To hide the various `XXX_Err_` prefixes in the source code, FreeType
* provides some macros in `fttypes.h`.
*
* FT_ERR( err )
*
* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the `FT_ERR_PREFIX`
* macro) to `err`. For example, in the BDF module the line
*
* ```
* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline );
* ```
*
* expands to
*
* ```
* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline;
* ```
*
* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok` directly instead of
* `FT_ERR( Ok )`.
*
* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err )
* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err )
*
* Compare error code `errcode` with the error `err` for equality and
* inequality, respectively. Example:
*
* ```
* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) )
* ...
* ```
*
* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. Of
* course, if module errors are not active, the above example is the
* same as
*
* ```
* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline )
* ...
* ```
*
* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode )
* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode )
*
* Get base error and module error code, respectively.
*
* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily with
* something like
*
* ```
* #undef FTMODERR_H_
* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },
* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST {
* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } };
*
* const struct
* {
* int mod_err_offset;
* const char* mod_err_msg
* } ft_mod_errors[] =
*
* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
* ```
*
*/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftotval.h
+207
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftotval.h
*
* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
*
* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the
* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the
* OpenType specification.
*
*
*/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* ot_validation
*
* @title:
* OpenType Validation
*
* @abstract:
* An API to validate OpenType tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
* OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
* @order:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A `NULL` value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftoutln.h
+593
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftoutln.h
*
* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of
* most scalable font formats (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* outline_processing
*
* @title:
* Outline Processing
*
* @abstract:
* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images.
*
* @description:
* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable
* glyph images known as 'outlines'. These can also be measured,
* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.
*
* @order:
* FT_Outline
* FT_Outline_New
* FT_Outline_Done
* FT_Outline_Copy
* FT_Outline_Translate
* FT_Outline_Transform
* FT_Outline_Embolden
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
* FT_Outline_Reverse
* FT_Outline_Check
*
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
*
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
* FT_Outline_Render
* FT_Outline_Decompose
* FT_Outline_Funcs
* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
* FT_Outline_LineToFunc
* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
*
* FT_Orientation
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* FT_OUTLINE_XXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Decompose
*
* @description:
* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual
* segments and Bezier arcs. This function also emits 'move to'
* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source target.
*
* func_interface ::
* A table of 'emitters', i.e., function pointers called during
* decomposition to indicate path operations.
*
* @inout:
* user ::
* A typeless pointer that is passed to each emitter during the
* decomposition. It can be used to store the state during the
* decomposition.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a 'move
* to' operation followed by 'line to' to the same point. In most cases,
* it is best to filter this out before using the outline for stroking
* purposes (otherwise it would result in a visible dot when round caps
* are used).
*
* Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also
* (doing nothing, this is, not calling any emitter); if necessary, you
* should filter this out, too.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new outline of a given size.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object from where the outline is allocated.
* Note however that the new outline will **not** necessarily be
* **freed**, when destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.
*
* numPoints ::
* The maximum number of points within the outline. Must be smaller
* than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535).
*
* numContours ::
* The maximum number of contours within the outline. This value must
* be in the range 0 to `numPoints`.
*
* @output:
* anoutline ::
* A handle to the new outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The reason why this function takes a `library` parameter is simply to
* use the library's memory allocator.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle of the library object used to allocate the outline.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the outline's 'owner' field is not set, only the outline descriptor
* will be released.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Check
*
* @description:
* Check the contents of an outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to a source outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also
* valid.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
*
* @description:
* Return an outline's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
*
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @output:
* acbox ::
* The outline's control box.
*
* @note:
* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Translate
*
* @description:
* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* xOffset ::
* The horizontal offset.
*
* yOffset ::
* The vertical offset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Copy
*
* @description:
* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the same
* sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this function is
* called.
*
* @input:
* source ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Transform
*
* @description:
* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful for
* applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to the transformation matrix.
*
* @note:
* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the
* outline's points.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Embolden
*
* @description:
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times
* `strength` pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and
* bottom borders as unchanged.
*
* Negative `strength` values to reduce the outline thickness are
* possible also.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A handle to the target outline.
*
* @input:
* strength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the glyph
* doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain
* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes handled
* incorrectly.
*
* If you need 'better' metrics values you should call
* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox.
*
* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with
* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* @example:
* ```
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
*
* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength );
* ```
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
*
* @description:
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength` pixels wider
* and `ystrength` pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to
* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both directions.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Reverse
*
* @description:
* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to ensure
* consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @note:
* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in the
* outline's `flags` field.
*
* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it knows
* what it is doing.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply
* OR-ed to the target bitmap.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @inout:
* abitmap ::
* A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does **not create** the bitmap, it only renders an
* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the
* various fields in `abitmap` should be set accordingly.
*
* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.
*
* The value of the `num_grays` field in `abitmap` is ignored. If you
* select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 gray
* levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Render
*
* @description:
* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @inout:
* params ::
* A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to describe the
* rendering operation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This advanced function uses @FT_Raster_Params as an argument,
* allowing FreeType rasterizer to be used for direct composition,
* translucency, etc. You should know how to set up @FT_Raster_Params
* for this function to work.
*
* The field `params.source` will be set to `outline` before the scan
* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is
* actually ignored.
*
* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you want
* less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. See the
* @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags` field in the
* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must be
* filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise
* contours must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of the
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of the
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its fill
* orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating the
* total area covered by the outline. The positive integral corresponds
* to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT is
* returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
iOS/include/freetype/freetype/ftparams.h
+204
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftparams.h
*
* FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2017-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_
#define FTPARAMS_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* parameter_tags
*
* @title:
* Parameter Tags
*
* @abstract:
* Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.
*
* @description:
* This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are
* used with various functions to activate some special functionality or
* different behaviour of various components of FreeType.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* family names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version 1.4).
* Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that have a
* four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* subfamily names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate
* incremental glyph loading.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a
* given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding the
* global default values or the values set up with
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font
* driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see @random-seed.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem
* darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up
* with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).
*
* This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver or
* autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers always
* do, but the autohinter only in 'light' hinting mode (as of version
* 2.9).
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated, no effect.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure
* to indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the
* TrueType bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */
/* END */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More